Order Made

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 125

1

CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
C76

Made to Order

C85
C95
CP95
NCM
NCA
D-

Table of Contents
Simple Specials P. 6-17-3
Made to Order Common Specifications P. 6-17-21
Made to Order Individual Specifications P. 6-17-115

-X
20Data

Precautions
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages 6-20-3 to
6-20-6 for Safety Instructions and Actuator Precautions.

6-17-1

6-17-2

Made to Order
Simple Specials:

Simple Specials P. 6-17-3

CJ1

Page
z -XA0 to A30
x -XA1, 2, 4, 7, 11, 17, 18
c -XA1 to XA23/-XA26 to XA30
v -XA1 to XA38
b -XA1, 6, 17, 21
n -XC14:
m -XC15:
, -XC79:

Change of rod end shape 6-17-4


CQS/CQ2 (12 to 25): Change of rod end shape 6-17-9
CQ2 (32 to 100): Change of rod end shape 6-17-10
RSQ(20 to 50)/RSG (40 to 50): Change of rod end shape 6-17-12
MGP/MGQ: Change of guide rod end shape: 6-17-13
Change of trunnion bracket mounting position 6-17-14
Change of tie-rod length 6-17-16
Tapped hole, drilled hole, pinned hole machined additionally 6-17-17

CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
C76
C85
C95
CP95
NCM
NCA
D-X
20Data

6-17-3

Simple Specials:
-XA0 to XA30: Change of Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

1 Change of Rod End Shape

-XA0 to XA30

Applicable Series
Series

CJP

Pin cylinder
Standard type

Action

CJP
CJ2
CJ2W

Non-rotating rod type

CJ2

CJ2K

CJ2Z
With speed controller type
CJ2ZW
CJ2Q
Low friction type
Direct mount type
Non-rotating rod,
Direct mount type

CJ2RA
CJ2RK

Symbol for change


of rod end shape
XA0/1/10/11

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

XA0/1/10/11

Double acting, Double rod

XA0/1/10/11

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

XA0/1/10/11

Non-rotating rod,

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Direct mount type

Double acting, Double rod

XA0/1/10/11

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

XA0/1/10/11

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

Non-rotating rod type

C85

Standard type

Non-rotating rod type

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Standard type

C76

Non-rotating rod type


Non-rotating rod,

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

32 to 100

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

32 to 100

Non-rotating rod,

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

32 to 100

Direct mount type

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

40 to 63

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

40 to 63

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA1/3/5 to 8/10/11/13 to 23/26 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

C85K
C85R
C85
C85W

Direct mount type

Non-rotating rod type

6-17-4

Available with air cushion

Non-rotating rod,

XA0 to 30

C85

Direct mount type


Standard type

C95

Non-rotating rod type


Cylinder with lock

CP95

Standard type
Non-rotating rod type
Standard type

NCM

Non-rotating rod type

C85K
C85R

Note

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

8 to 16

Single acting(Spring return/extended)

XA0/1/10/11

8 to 16

Double acting, Double rod

XA0/1/10/11

8 to 16

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

8 to 16

Single acting(Spring return/extended)

XA0/1/10/11

8 to 16

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

8 to 16

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

20, 25

MB

Single acting(Spring return/extended)

XA0 to 30

20, 25

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

20, 25

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

20, 25

Single acting(Spring return/extended)

20, 25

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Single acting(Spring return/extended)

XA0 to 30

C76W
C76K

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

C76R

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

C95S
C95W
C95K
C95N
CP95S
CP95W
CP95K

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

C76

NCM
NCMW
NCMK
NCMR

CJ1

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Action

C85W

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Double rod

CM2RK
CM2Q
Centralized piping type
CM2P
Standard type
CM2H
(Air-hydro type)
CM2HW
Standard type
CG1
Non-rotating rod type
CG1K
CG1
Direct mount type
CG1R
Low friction type
CG1Q
MB
Standard type
MBW
MB Non-rotating rod type
MBK
Low friction type
MBQ
With end lock type
MBB
MB1 Standard type
MB1
Non-rotating rod type
MB1K
CA2
Standard type
CA2W
CA2
CA2K
Non-rotating rod type
CA2KW
Low friction type
CA2Q
Standard type (Air-hydro cylinder) CA2H
CS1
Standard type
CS1
CS1W
Low friction type
CS1Q

Standard type

XA0/1/10/11

CM2W
CM2K

Direct mount type


Low friction type

Available with air cushion

Double acting, Single rod

CM2

Non-rotating rod,

Series

Double acting, Single rod

Standard type

CM2 Direct mount type

Note

20, 25

CJP
CJ2
CM2

MB1
CA2
CS1
C76
C85
C95
CP95

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

32 to 100

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

32 to 100

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

32 to 100

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Single acting(Spring return/extended)

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Double rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/6/10/11/13/14/17/19/21

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Single acting(Spring return/extended)

XA0 to 30

NCM
NCA
D-X
20Data

6-17-5

Simple Specials:
-XA0 to XA30: Change of Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

1 Change of Rod End Shape

Series

CG5
CN
MN
CL

CL

Stainless steel cylinder

Cylinder with lock

Fine lock cylinder

CL

Locked-up cylinder

CB

Cylinder with end lock

CV

6-17-6

Valve mounted cylinder

-XA0 to XA30

Action

CG5-S
CNG
MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1
CL1
CBM2
CBA2
CBG1
CVJ5
CVJ3
CVM5
CVM3
CV3
CVS1
CVM5K
CVM3K
CV3K
CVS1K

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0/1/10/11

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

XA0/1/10/11

Note

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

XA0 to 30

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

40 to 63

Double acting, Single rod

XA0 to 30

40 to 63

Simple Specials:
-XA0 to XA30: Change of Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Precautions
1. SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or finish
mm : D 6 D 1 mm, 6 < D 25 D 2 mm, D > 25 D 4 mm
instructions are given in the diagram.
inch : D 0.23 D 0.04 inch, 0.23 < D 0.98 D 0.08 inch,
2. Standard dimensions marked with will be as follows to the rod diameter (D).
D > 0.98 D 0.16 inch
Enter any special dimension you desire.
3. In the case of double rod type and single acting retraction type, enter the
dimensions when the rod is retracted.
4. Only the single side of a double rod is able to manufacture.
Symbol: A0

Symbol: A1

Symbol: A2

CJP

Symbol: A3

C C0.5

CJ2

DA
30

Symbol: A5

Symbol: A6
B

RD

RD

MM

AL

Symbol: A9

MB1
CA2

30
H

CS1

Symbol: A11

WA

AL

30

Symbol: A10

C0.5 file chamfer

B AL
MM

MB

Symbol: A8

MM

30

CG1

Symbol: A7

30

W1
H

Symbol: A4

CM2

30

CJ1

TP

R sphere

C76

R sphere

DC

C85

Symbol: A12

W1
H

Symbol: A13
DA

DA 30

W1
H

AL

Symbol: A15
DA
30

MM

C
H

C95

Symbol: A14

C0.5
R sphere

CP95
DA 30

NCM

30
H

NCA

A
H

D-X
20Data

6-17-7

Simple Specials:
-XA0 to XA30: Change of Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Precautions
1. SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or finish
mm : D 6 D 1 mm, 6 < D 25 D 2 mm, D > 25 D 4 mm
instructions are given in the diagram.
inch : D 0.23 D 0.04 inch, 0.23 < D 0.98 D 0.08 inch,
2. Standard dimensions marked with will be as follows to the rod diameter (D).
D > 0.98 D 0.16 inch
Enter any special dimension you desire.
3. In the case of double rod type and single acting retraction type, enter the
dimensions when the rod is retracted.
4. Only the single side of a double rod is able to manufacture.
Symbol: A17
DA
30

AL

30

A
H

DA

Symbol: A21
MM

T
A
H

MM

DA

Symbol: A30
30

L
H

6-17-8

MM

LB K
H

Symbol: A29
30

MM

T
A

AL
A
H

DA

MM

L
AL

Symbol: A28

LK
H

Symbol: A27

DA
30

A
AL

30

B
A

Symbol: A26

MM

AL

RD
L

Symbol: A25

MM

MM

Symbol: A23
30

DB

MM

T
A

LK
H

Symbol: A24

Symbol: A22
30

DB
A

A
H

30

30

MM

A
H

Symbol: A20
MM

30

DA

Symbol: A19

MM

MM

MM

Symbol: A18

Symbol: A16

30

30

A
H

Simple Specials:
-XA1/2/6/7/11/17/18: Change of Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

2 CQS/CQ2 (12 to 25): Change of Rod End Shape

-XA1/2/6/7/11/17/18

Applicable Series
Series

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Action

Double acting, Single rod XA1, XA, XA6


Spring acting (Spring return)
XA7, XA11

Standard CQS
CQS type

CQSW Double acting, Double rod

XA17, XA18

Precautions
SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or
finish instructions are given in the diagram.
Standard dimensions marked with will be as follows to the rod diameter
(D).
Enter any special dimension you desire.
12, 16 D 1 mm 20, 25 D 2 mm
In the case of double rod, fill in the dimension when the rod is retracted.
It is impossible to manufacture when XA17 and XA18 are the same male
thread diameter as the piston rod external diameter.
Please contact SMC separately for the piston rod end pattern part
numbers other than the table above and the cases other than the
manufacturing conditions.
Symbol: A1

Symbol: A2
0.5

Action

Series

Double acting, Single rod Note)


Spring acting (Spring return)
CQ2 Standard type
CQ2W Double acting, Double rod
(12 to
Double acting, Single rod Note)
25) Axial piping type
(Centralized piping type) CQP2 Single acting (Spring return)

CQ2

Series

L
Symbol: A11

CLQ

With lock

(20 to 25)

CLQ

Double acting,
Single rod

C95

30
L

30

30
L

CP95
NCM

30

H1

NCA

XA1

XA2

XA6

XA7

16

MB

C85

C1

D-

X
L

-X

Conditions of Manufacture
For 12

CG1

C76

Symbol: A7

C1

Single rod type

CM2

CS1

Change of rod end shape/Symbol

CJ2

MB1

"

Symbol: A18

H1

CJP

CA2

W1
L

Symbol: A17

R sphere

XA1
XA2
XA6
XA7
XA11
XA17
XA18

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Action

30

CJ1

Note) Except 12, with rubber bumper (CQ212-DC, CQ2P12-DC).

Symbol: A6

0.5

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Double rod type

M: 3 mm or more 5 mm or less M: 5 mm or less


M: 3 mm or more 7 mm or less M: 7 mm or less

20

M: 4 mm or more 8 mm or less M: 8 mm or less


25 M: 4 mm or more 10 mm or less M: 10 mm or less
For 12 J: 4 mm or more, I: 6 mm or less J: 3 mm or more, I: 6 mm or less
16

J: 4 mm or more, I: 6 mm or less J :4 mm or more, I: 6 mm or less


20 J: 5 mm or more, I: 11 mm or less J: 5 mm or more, I :11 mm or less
25 J: 6 mm or more, I: 13 mm or less J: 6 mm or more, I: 13 mm or less
For 12

H: M4 or less

H: M4 or less

16

H: M6 or less

H: M6 or less

20

H: M6 or less

H: M6 or less

25

H: M8 or less

H: M8 or less

For 12

H: M4 or less

H: M4 or less

16

H: M5 or less

H: M5 or less

20

H: M6 or less

H: M6 or less

25

H: M8 or less

H: M8 or less

Change of rod end shape/Symbol

XA11

Single rod type


For 12

SR3 mm only

SR3 mm or more

16

SR4 mm only

SR4 mm or more

20

SR5 mm only

SR5 mm or more

25

SR6 mm only

SR6 mm or more

H: M5 or more, X: 20 mm or less

H: M5 or less

16 H: M6 or more, X: 22.5 mm or less

H: M6 or less

For 12
XA17

20 H: M8 or more, X: 26.5 mm or less

H: M8 or less

25 H : M10 or more, X: 33 mm or less

H: M10 or less

H: M5 or more, X: 20 mm or less

H: M5 or less

16 H: M6 or more, X: 22.5 mm or less

H: M6 or less

20 H: M8 or more, X: 26.5 mm or less

H: M8 or less

H: M10 or more, X: 33 mm or less

H: M10 or less

For 12
XA18

Double rod type

25

6-17-9

20Data

Made to Order -XA1 to XA23/-XA26 to XA30

Simple Specials:
-XA1 to XA23/-XA26 to XA30: Change of Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

3 CQ2 (32 to 100): Change of Rod End Shape

-XA1 to XA23/-XA26 to XA30

Applicable Series

XA1 to 23
XA26 to 30

Double acting, Single rod


Axial piping type
CQP2
(Centralized piping type)
Single acting (Spring return)

CLQ

With lock

C1
C

30

DA
30

DA

CJ1
DA

C1

30

CJP
30

CJ2
X

Spring acting (Spring return)

CQ2W Double acting, Double rod


CQ2
Non-rotating rod type CQ2K Double acting, Single rod
CLQ

SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or


finish instructions are given in the diagram.
Standard dimensions marked with will be as follows to the rod diameter
(D).
Enter any special dimension you desire.
D 2 mm
In the case of double rod, fill in the dimension when the rod is retracted.

Symbol: A16

Double acting, Single rod

Symbol: A15

Standard type

CQ2

Symbol: A14

Symbol: A13

Precautions

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Action

Series

CM2

C
L

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

MB
Symbol: A18

Symbol: A17

30

H1
Symbol: A3

DA

Symbol: A21

Symbol: A22

Symbol: A8

30

C1

30

30

C1

DC

Symbol: A9

Symbol: A10

DA

Symbol: A12

C0.5 file chamfer

C0.5
R sphere

WA

DA

30

30

R sphere

TP

R sphere

X
L

W1
L

6-17-10

F
L

H1

-X

Symbol: A30

Symbol: A29

H1

D-

LB K

LA
L

X
DA

NCM

30

X
L

Symbol: A11

30

DA

NCA
B
X

Symbol: A28

H1

Symbol: A27
H1

30

X
L

30

CP95

RD

30

T
X

30

C1

B
H

H1

C95

Symbol: A26

Symbol: A23

DB

DB

Symbol: A7

RD

C76

20Data

30

H1

Symbol: A6

FK
L

W1
L

H1
Symbol: A5

X
L

C85

DA

X
L

30

30

CS1

RD
30

CA2

30

H1

C C0.5

30

H1

30

H1

MB1

Symbol: A4

DA

Symbol: A2

Symbol: A1

Symbol: A20

Symbol: A19

T
X

C1
X
L

W1
L

6-17-11

10

Simple Specials
-XA1 to XA38: Change of Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

4 RSQ (20 to 50)/RSG (40 to 50): Change of Rod End Shape

-XA1 to XA38

Applicable Series

Precautions

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Action

Series

Stopper
Double acting
cylinder
Fixed mounting RSQ Double acting with spring loaded
Single acting
RSQ height
RSG Stopper
Double acting
cylinder
RSG
Double acting with spring loaded
Adjustable
mounting height
Single acting

For round bar type


XA1, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10,
11, 13, 19, 32, 33,
34
For chamfered type
XA35, 36, 37, 38

SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or


finish instructions are given in the diagram.
Standard dimensions marked with will be D 2 mm to the rod diameter
(D).
Enter any special dimension you desire.
Bore size 12, 16 requires the request for special separately.
The following diagram shows piston rod at spring extend.
(The rod of stopper cylinder is extending in the normal state.)

Table (1)
For chamfered type (XA35 to
XA38), make the H dimension to
be equal to or less than the values
on Table (1). (For the case with
larger dimension than Table (1), it
will be made-to-order separately.)

Bore size (mm)

H (mm)

20, 32

63

40, 50

83

Round Bar
Symbol: A1

Symbol: A3

Symbol: A6

Standard length

Standard length

30

Standard length

AL

MM

MM

Standard length

AL

30
H

Symbol: A10

Symbol: A8

Standard length

Symbol: A13

30

DA
H

Symbol: A32

30
H

Symbol: A19

Standard length

Standard length
R sphere

TP

R sphere

30
H

Symbol: A11

Standard length

DC

B
MM

Symbol: A7

30

AL

10

Stroke

For the lengthwise dimension, enter


the amount that you wish to add to the
standard dimension.
(If the same as standard, enter 0.)

Symbol: A34

Symbol: A33
B AL

MM

30

Standard length

30
H

Chamfered Type
Symbol: A35

Symbol: A36

Standard length

6-17-12

Symbol: A37
Standard length

MM AL

Symbol: A38
Standard length

Standard length

RD L

DA

Standard length
TP

30

MM
DC

MM

Standard length

DB

Standard length

A
H

11

Simple Specials:
-XA1/6/17/21: Change of Guide Rod End Shape
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

5 MGP/MGQ: Change of Guide Rod End Shape

-XA1/6/17/21

Applicable Series
Action

Series
Standard type

MGP
With lock
Standard type

MGQ
With valve

MGPM

Slide bearing

XA1/6/17/21

MGPL

Ball bushing bearing

XA1/6

MLGPM Slide bearing

XA1/6/17/21

MLGPL Ball bushing bearing

XA1/6

MGQM

Slide bearing

XA1/6/17/21

MGQL

Ball bushing bearing

XA1/6

MVGQM Slide bearing

XA1/6/17/21

MVGQL Ball bushing bearing

XA1/6

CJ1

Precautions

Symbol for change


of rod end shape

Ensure that the cylinders overall length should not exceed the allowable
overall length. In the case of exceeding the allowable overall length, it will
be available as specials.
In fig. (1), (2) below, E dimension cannot make it into E dimension or less
of the standard products. Confirm by referring to catalog.
SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or
finish instructions are given in the diagram.
dimension should be the guide rod diameter (D) 2 mm. In the case that
the preferred dimension is different, fill in that dimension.
(mm)
Bore size Allowable overall
(mm) length of cylinder

In the case of MGP, it is only applicable for the standard products with
rubber bumper.
E

E
Overall length of
cylinder

Overall length of
cylinder

12, 16

345

20 to 32

540

40 to 63

561

80, 100

603

Fig. (1) For XA1, XA6 Fig. (2) For XA17, XA21

CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
C76

Guide Rod End Shape Pattern


-XA1

C85
-XA6

C95
AL

MM

CP95

NCM
30
(Standard body
dimensions)

Note) For bore sizes of more than


32 of MGPL and MGQL,
chamfering of guide rod end
is not 30. It will be C0.5.

30
(Standard body
dimensions)

Note) For bore sizes of more than


32 of MGPL and MGQL,
chamfering of guide rod end
is not 30. It will be C0.5.

NCA
D-X

-XA17

-XA21

30

30
A
E

Data

MM

MM

(Standard body
dimensions)

20-

DA

(Standard body
dimensions)

A
E

6-17-13

12

Simple Specials:
-XC14: Change of Trunnion Bracket Mounting Position
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

6 Change of Trunnion Bracket Mounting Position

-XC14

The position for mounting the trunnion pivot bracket on the cylinder can be moved from the standard mounting position to any desired position.
Series

Description
Standard type
Non-rotating rod type
Low friction type
End Lock type

MB

Standard type
CA2

Non-rotating rod type


Low friction type
Standard type

CS1

Low friction type


CNA
With lock

CNS
CLS
CBA2
CVS1
CVS1K

Action
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod

Model
MB
MBW
MBK
MBQ
MBB
CA2
CA2W
CA2K
CA2KW
CA2Q
CS1
CS1W
CS1Q
CNA
CNAW
CNS
CLS
CBA1
CVS1
CVS1K

End lock cylinder


Valve mounted cylinder

Note

Applicable to 40 to 63
Applicable to 40 to 63

Series CS1
Symbol
Bore size
(mm)
125
140
160
180
200
250
300

CJ1

Z + 1/2 stroke

For -XC14A

For -XC14B

170
172.5
189
203.5
203.5
243.5
263.5

148 + Stroke
145.5 + Stroke
157 + Stroke
177.5 + Stroke
177.5 + Stroke
217.5 + Stroke
232.5 + Stroke

For -XC14
Minimum
170.5
173
189.5
204
204
244
264

Maximum
147.5 + Stroke
145 + Stroke
156.5 + Stroke
177 + Stroke
177 + Stroke
217 + Stroke
232 + Stroke

Reference
Standard (Center trunnion)

Minimum stroke

159 + 1/2 stroke


159 + 1/2 stroke
173 + 1/2 stroke
190.5 + 1/2 stroke
190.5 + 1/2 stroke
230.5 + 1/2 stroke
248 + 1/2 stroke

25
30
35
30
30
30
35

Z + 1/2 stroke
Without rod boot

Symbol

Applicable to 40 to 63

Precautions

Trunnion position for -XC14A

Trunnion position for


-XC14B

For -XC14A
158
177
187
227
252

For -XC14B
166 + Stroke
185 + Stroke
195 + Stroke
235 + Stroke
258 + Stroke

For -XC14
Minimum
158.5
177.5
187.5
227.5
252.5

Maximum
165.5 + Stroke
184.5 + Stroke
194.5 + Stroke
234.5 + Stroke
257.5 + Stroke

Reference
Minimum stroke
Standard (Center trunnion)
162 + 0.5 stroke
181 + 0.5 stroke
191 + 0.5 stroke
231 + 0.5 stroke
255 + 0.5 stroke

25
25
32
41
45

Bore size
(mm)
125
140
160

For -XC14A

For -XC14B

375
417.5
479

353 + Stroke
390.5 + Stroke
447 + Stroke

For -XC14
Minimum
375.5
418
479.5

Maximum
352.5 + Stroke
390 + Stroke
446.5 + Stroke

Reference
Standard (Center trunnion)

Minimum stroke

364 + 0.5 stroke


404 + 0.5 stroke
463 + 0.5 stroke

25
30
35

Series CLS

Bore size
(mm)

Symbol
Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63
80
100

Z + 1/2 stroke

For -XC14A

For -XC14B

82.5
89
100.5
103.5
127
130

95.5 + Stroke
97 + Stroke
109.5 + Stroke
106.5 + Stroke
131 + Stroke
128 + Stroke

For -XC14
Minimum
84
90
102
105
128
131

Maximum
94 + Stroke
96 + Stroke
108 + Stroke
105 + Stroke
130 + Stroke
217 + Stroke

Reference
Standard (Center trunnion)

Minimum stroke

89 + 1/2 stroke
93 + 1/2 stroke
105 +1/2 stroke
105 + 1/2 stroke
129 + 1/2 stroke
129 + 1/2 stroke

0
0
0
0
0
0

Reference
Standard (Center trunnion)

Minimum stroke

93 + 1/2 stroke
103 + 1/2 stroke
107 + 1/2 stroke
129 + 1/2 stroke
135 + 1/2 stroke

0
0
0
0
0

For -XC14A

For -XC14B

125
140
160

280
282.5
321

258 + Stroke
255.5 + Stroke
289 + Stroke

Symbol
Bore size
(mm)

For -XC14A

For -XC14B

125
140
160

303 + 0.2 stroke


305.5 + 0.2 stroke
345 + 0.2 stroke

281 + 1.2 stroke


278.5 + 1.2 stroke
310 + 1.2 stroke

For -XC14
Minimum
280.5
283
321.5

Maximum
257.5 + Stroke
255 + Stroke
288.5 + Stroke
With rod boot

For -XC14
Minimum
303.5 + 0.2 stroke
306 + 0.2 stroke
345.5 + 0.2 stroke

Minimum stroke

269 + 0.5 stroke


269 + 0.5 stroke
305 + 0.5 stroke

25
30
35

Reference
Standard (Center trunnion)
Maximum
280.5 + 1.2 stroke
292 + 0.7 stroke
278 + 1.2 stroke
292 + 0.7 stroke
309.5 + 1.2 stroke
326 + 0.7 stroke

Minimum stroke
25
30
35

40
50
63
80
100

6-17-14

Z + 1/2 stroke

For -XC14A

For -XC14B

89
99
103
125
132

97 + Stroke
107 + Stroke
111 + Stroke
133 + Stroke
138 + Stroke

For -XC14
Minimum
89.5
99.5
103.5
125.5
132.5

Maximum
96.5 + Stroke
106.5 + Stroke
110.5 + Stroke
132.5 + Stroke
137.5 + Stroke

CS1
C76
C85

CP95
NCM
NCA

-X

Reference
Standard (Center trunnion)

Series CA2/CBA2/CVS1
Symbol
Bore size
(mm)

CA2

D-

Z + 1/2 stroke
Without rod boot

Symbol

Series MB

CG1

C95

Z + 1/2 stroke
Without rod boot

Symbol

1. Specify Z + 1/2 stroke in the case the trunnion bracket position is not
-XC14A, B or trunnion is not a center trunnion.
2. SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or
finish instructions are given in the diagram.
3. The possible range of trunnion bracket mounting position is indicated in
the table below.
4. Some trunnion mounting positions do not allow auto switch mounting.
Please consult with SMC for more information.

CM2

MB1

Series CNS
(Z + 1/2 stroke) =

CJ2

MB

Series CNA

Bore size
(mm)
40
50
63
80
100

CJP

6-17-15

20Data

13

Simple Specials:
-XC15: Change of Tie-rod Length
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

7 Change of Tie-rod Length

-XC15

Cylinder with M dimension for tie-rod length changed from the standard length.
Series

Description
Standard type

CA2

Non-rotating rod type


Low friction type

CS1

Standard type

CBA2

Low friction type


End lock cylinder

CV

Valve mounted cylinder

Series CA2 (CVS, CV3, CBA)

MR=

Action
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod

Model
CA2
CA2W
CA2K
CA2KW
CA2Q
CS1
CS1W
CS1Q
CBA2
CV3
CV3K
CVS1
CVS1K

MH=

MR=

Precautions

Tie-rod Length Changeable Range

6-17-16

Applicable to 40 to 63
Applicable to 40 to 63

Applicable to 40 to 63
Applicable to 40 to 63

Series CS1

1. To order, specify the M dimension as well as the part number.


2. SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or
finish instructions are given in the diagram.
3. Tie-rod length changeable range is described in the below.

Model
Bore size (mm)
M Min.
M Max.

Note

CA2, CVS, CV3, CBA


CS1
125 140 160 180 200 250 300
All bore size
18 20.5 22 26 32.5
0
15.5
270
300
Rod side 50 Head side 300

MH=

14

Simple Specials:
-XC79: Tapped Hole, Drilled Hole, Pinned Hole Machined Additionally
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

8 Tapped Hole, Drilled Hole, Pinned Hole Machined Additionally

-XC79

This simple special is meant for machining additionally tapped hole, drilled hole, and pinned hole, as requested from customer, on parts designed
largely for mounting a workpiece, etc. in the combined air cylinders.
But, for each model, since they have the portions which are impossible to machine additionally, refer to the additional machining limitation.

CJ1

Applicable Series
Type

Series
Standard type

MGG

With air cushion

MGP

MGG
MGC

With end lock

MGP
MGQ

Compact
cylinder

Type

CJP

Standard type

CJ2

Series

Guide cylinder

With end lock

CM2

MGC

Compact type

MLGC

Compact type/With lock

MLGP

With lock

MGPA

High precision ball bushing bearing type

MGF

Guide table

MGF

MGQ

Standard type

CY1

Rodless cylinder

CY1B

Basic style

MVGQ

With valve

MXH

Compact slide

MXH

Standard type

CG1
MB
MB1

Applicable Series and Component Parts


Machined Additionally

CA2

MGP, MGQ

Plate

MGG, MGC, MLGC

Front plate

MGF

Plate (Upper plate only)

CY1B

Body (Slider)

MXH

Table

CS1

Precautions

Component parts applicable


for additional machining

Applicable series

We cannot take any responsibility as for the intensity of holes machined


additionally and the effects of decreased intensity for the product itself.
It will not be plated again for the machined part additionally.
Be sure to fill in through for through-hole, and effective depth for blind
hole.
When using by machining through-hole additionally, ensure that the tip of
the bolt, etc. for mounting workpiece should not stick into the cylinder side.
It may result in an unexpected problem.
Use caution not to interfere the existing mounting hole on the standard
products with the hole to be machined additionally. But it is possible to drill
additionally the larger size of hole at the same position as the existing
hole.

C76
C85
C95
CP95
NCM
NCA

Common Complementary Explanation/Holes which can be additionally machined are the following 3 types.

D-

Tapped hole

Drilled hole

Pinned hole

Designated nominal diameter and tapped hole of


a pitch are machined additionally. (Maximum
nominal thread diameter M20)
Blind hole is deep into the bottom of prepared
hole which sums up A to C in Fig. 1 in contrast to
the effective depth of tapped hole. When there is
a condition which does not allow through-hole,
etc., leave sufficient thickness in the inner part of
hole.

Drilled hole of a designated internal diameter is


machined.
(Maximum hole diameter 20 mm)
If you wish for blind hole, instruct us with effective
depth. (Refer to Fig. 2.) Besides, dimensional
accuracy for internal diameter will be 0.2 mm.

Pinned hole of a designated diameter (reamer


hole) is machined. (Maximum hole diameter 20
mm)
Internal dimension tolerates H7 tolerance to the
designated hole diameter. (Refer to the table
below.)
Hole dia. 3 or less Over 3 to 6 Over 6 to 10 Over 10 to 18 Over 18 to 20
Tolerance

D (Thread size)

+0.01
0

+0.012
0

+0.015
0

+0.018
0

+0.021
0

D
DH7

A (Effective thread
depth)

A (Effective depth)

B = 3 x P (Incomplete
thread section)

C = 0.3 x (D P)

A (Effective depth)

C = 0.3D

Note) P stands for thread pitch.

6-17-17

-X
20Data

15

Simple Specials:
-XC79: Tapped Hole, Drilled Hole, Pinned Hole Machined Additionally
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.

Symbol

6 Tapped Hole, Drilled Hole, Pinned Hole Machined Additionally

-XC79

Limitation for Machining Additionally/Since the slanted lines denote the restricted range for machining additionally, design the dimensions, referring to below.
Plate material: Steel Series MGQ/MVGQ
Plate material: Steel
Series MGP/MLGP/MGPA
Mounting side

Mounting side

Connecting port side

CJP

Top connecting port side

Limitation for Machining Additionally/Since the slanted lines denote the restricted range for machining additionally, design the dimensions, referring to below.
Top plate material: Aluminum Series CY1B
Series MGF
Slider material: Aluminium
CJ1

C (Reference)

CG1
MB

CM2
R
4-

C (Reference)

CJ2

MB1
Dimensional Range Not Possible to Machine Additionally
Bore size (mm)

Bore size (mm)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

11

41

11

36

10

13

46

10

13

38

12

15

54

12

15

46

14

21

64

14

21

25

25

78

25

25

25

25

86

25

25

90

30

30

110

30

30

100

30

30

124

30

30

110

34

34

156

34

34

140

42

42

188

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

42

42

170

Series MGG

Front plate material: Steel

2-C

Series MGC/MLGC
A

Mounting side

Dimensional Range Not Possible to Machine Additionally

A
B (Reference)

Bore size (mm)

13

10

21

2.5

56

15

27

80

20

32

Dimensional Range Not Possible to Machine Additionally

25

39

32

50

Connecting port side

Model

MGF40
MGF63
MGF100

Front plate material: Steel

2-E

Connecting port side

CA2

Dimensional Range Not Possible to Machine Additionally

90

120

40

59

120

160

50

75

160

200

63

89

Series MXH

CS1
C76
C85
C95
CP95
NCM

Table material: Aluminum

NCA

2-D

D-

Mounting side

Connecting port side

-X
20-

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

70

17.5

85

20

91

23

13

6-17-18

LX

4-C2

Dimensional Range Not Possible to Machine Additionally


Bore size (mm)

Data

24

12

13

31

13

Dimensional Range Not Possible Dimensional Range Not Possible


to Machine MLGC Additionally
to Machine MGC Additionally

31

16

Bore (mm)

Bore (mm)

20
25
32
40
50

18

10

28

12

10

28

16

Model

23

13

36

13

23

13

36

20

23

13

36

16

23

13

36

20

27

15

42

20

20
25
32
40

18

27

15

42

25

33

19

52

25

MXH6
MXH10
MXH16
MXH20

114

29

19

36

20

132

34

19

44

25

156

38

19

44

30

186

44

26

58

35

214

49

26

64

40

Dimensional Range Not Possible to Machine Additionally


D

LX

11

27

15.2

32

20

38

26

43

6-17-19

16

6-17-20

17

Made to Order
Common Specifications:

Made to Order Common Specifications P. 6-17-21

CJ1

Page
z -XB5
x -XB6
c -XB7
v -XB9
b -XB10
n -XB11
m -XB12
, -XB13
. -XB14
0 -XB18
1 -XC3
2 -XC4
3 -XC5
4 -XC6
5 -XC7
6 -XC8
7 -XC9
8 -XC10
9 -XC11
0 -XC12
1 -XC13
2 -XC17
3 -XC18
4 -XC19
5 -XC20
6 -XC22
7 -XC24
8 -XC25
9 -XC27
0 -XC28
1 -XC29
2 -XC30
3 -XC34
4 -XC35
5 -XC36
6 -XC37
7 -XC38
8 -XC42
9 -XC51
0 -XC52
1 -XC56
2 -XC57
3 -XC58
4 -XC59
5 -XC67
6 -XC69
7 -XC71
8 -XC72
9 -XC73
0 -XC74
1 -XC78

Oversized rod cylinder 6-17-22


Heat resistant cylinder (10 to 150C) 6-17-23
Cold resistant cylinder 6-17-25
Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) 6-17-26
Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) 6-17-27
Long stroke type 6-17-31
External stainless steel cylinder 6-17-34
Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) 6-17-35
Cylinder with heat resistant auto switch 6-17-36
Low friction cylinder 6-17-37
Special port location 6-17-38
With heavy duty scraper 6-17-41
Heat resistant cylinder (10 to 110C) 6-17-45
Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel 6-17-46
Tie-rod, cushion valve, tie-rod nut, etc. made of stainless steel 6-17-48
Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type 6-17-49
Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type 6-17-55
Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type 6-17-60
Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type 6-17-65
Tandem cylinder 6-17-71
Auto switch rail mounting style 6-17-73
Pin cylinder with rod quenched 6-17-76
NPT finish piping port 6-17-77
Intermediate stroke (Spacer type) 6-17-80
Head cover axial port 6-17-81
Fluoro rubber seals 6-17-82
With magnet shielding plate 6-17-84
No fixed throttle of connecting port 6-17-84
Double clevis pin and double knuckle pin made of stainless steel (SUS304) 6-17-85
Compact flange made of SS400 6-17-86
Double knuckle joint with spring pin 6-17-87
Rod side trunnion 6-17-88
Rod does not extend beyond non-rotating plate 6-17-90
With coil scraper 6-17-91
With boss in rod side 6-17-95
Larger throttle diameter of connecting port 6-17-95
Vacuum (Rod through-hole) 6-17-96
Built-in shock absorber in head cover side 6-17-97
With hose nipple 6-17-98
Mounting nut with set screw 6-17-98
With knock pin hole 6-17-99
Rodless cylinder with floating joint 6-17-101
Water resistant type/Built-in hard plastic magnet 6-17-105
Fluoro rubber seals/Built-in hard plastic magnet 6-17-106
Dust seal band NBR lining specifications 6-17-106
Series MGP with shock absorber 6-17-107
Helical insert thread specifications 6-17-110
Without built-in auto switch magnet 6-17-110
Built-in cylinder with lock (CDNG) 6-17-111
With front plate for MGG cylilnder 6-17-113
Auto switch mounting special dimensions at stroke end 6-17-114

CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
C76
C85
C95
CP95
NCM
NCA
D-X
20Data

6-17-21

18

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB5: Oversized Rod Cylinder
Symbol

Oversized Rod Cylinder

-XB5

A cylinder that has been made stronger through the use of a piston rod with a larger diameter. It is used for long stroke applications that pose the
risk of bending or buckling of the piston rod.
(Please contact SMC if a lateral load must be applied to it.)

Applicable Series
Series

Description

Model

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

MB

Air cylinder

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MB1

Air cylinder

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Air cylinder

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

CS1

Air cylinder

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

How to Order
Standard model no.

XB5

Oversized rod cylinder

Specifications
MB, MB1

Series
Piston rod size (mm)

Dimensions

Additional specifications

6-17-22

CA2

32

40 50, 63 80 100 40

16

20

25

30

36 20

Please contact SMC for


dimensions since A, D,
H, K, MM, W, ZZ
dimensions are different
from standard.

CS1

50, 63

80

100

25

30

36

Please contact SMC for


dimensions since A, AL,
D, K, MM, W, H, ZZ
dimensions are different
from standard.
Same as standard type

125 140, 160 180, 200


50

60

70

Please contact SMC for


dimensions since A, AL,
D, E, EA, F, FA, K, MM,
H, ZZ dimensions are
different from standard.

19

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB6: Heat Resistant Cylinder (10 to 150C)
Symbol

Heat Resistant Cylinder (10 to 150C)

-XB6

Air cylinder which changed the seal material and grease, so that it could be used even at higher temperature up to 150 from 10C.

Applicable Series
Series

Description

CJP

Pin cylinder

CJ2

Air cylinder
Air cylinder

CM2

Non-rotating rod type


Direct mount type

CG1

MB
MB1

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

CJ2W

Double acting, Double rod

Except with air cushion

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

CM2W

Double acting, Double rod

CM2K

Double acting, Single rod

CM2KW

Double acting, Double rod

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Except with rubber bumper

CG1W

Double acting, Double rod

Except with rubber bumper

Direct mount type

CG1R

Double acting, Single rod

Except with rubber bumper

MB

Double acting, Single rod

Except without air cushion

MBW

Double acting, Double rod

Except without air cushion

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

Except without air cushion

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

Except without air cushion

CA2N

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

ISO cylinder
ISO cylinder

CP95 ISO cylinder

Double acting, Single rod

CS1N

Double acting, Single rod

CS1WN Double acting, Double rod


Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-10-46.

C76W

Double acting, Double rod

Refer to page 6-10-46.

C85

Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-11-47.

C85W

Double acting, Double rod

Refer to page 6-11-47.

C95S

Double acting, Single rod

C95S-W Double acting, Double rod

MGP

Non-rotating rod type

CUK

Double acting, Single rod

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

Except with rubber bumper

CQSW

Double acting, Double rod

Except with rubber bumper

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with rubber bumper

CQ2W

Double acting, Double rod

Except with rubber bumper

Double acting, Single rod

Except with rubber bumper

MGQ
MGG
MGC
CY1

Rotary clamp
Compact guide cylinder
Guide cylinder

CS1

C76

CP95
6
6

NCA
D-

20-

Data

Double acting

10

MGPM

Double acting

MGQ

Double acting

MGG

Double acting

Except with shock absorber, with rubber cushion

MGC

Compact type

Except with rubber bumper

Basic type

NCM

MK

Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder CY1B

C85

-X

Double acting, Single rod

Axial piping type (Centralized piping type) CQP2


MK

C95S-W Double acting, Double rod


CU

Compact cylinder

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

Free mount cylinder

Compact cylinder

MB1

C95
Applicable bore size (125 to 200mm)

C76

CP95S

CG1

CA2WN Double acting, Double rod


CBA2

CJ2

MB

Double rod type

Air cylinder

CJP

Air cylinder

Air cylinder

CJ1

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CQ2

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

C76

CQS

CBM2

Air cylinder

CU

Except clevis and trunnion style

Action

Cylinder with end lock

CS1

C95

Vol. no. (for std model)

Double acting, Single rod

Model

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type CM2RK

Cylinder with end lock

C85

Note

CJP

6-17-23

20

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB6: Heat Resistant Cylinder (10 to 150C)
Symbol

Heat Resistant Cylinder (10 to 150C)

-XB6
How to Order

How to Order

CY1B Bore size H

XB6

Standard model no.

XB6

Stroke

Heat resistant cylinder

Heat resistant cylinder

Specifications
Specifications
Ambient temperature range
Seals materials
Grease
Specifications other than above
and external dimensions

Applicable size
10 to 150C (0 to 150C for Series CS1)

CY1B

Bore size (mm)

Fluoro rubber

Ambient and fluid temperature

Heat resistant grease

Maximum operating pressure

6 to 63
50 to 150C
0.5 MPa
50 to 400 mm/s

Piston speed

Same as standard type

When using in less than 100C range, since it could make a difference in the
maintenance cycle, depending on the operating speed, use it at 200 mm/s or less.

Warning

Operating Pressure Limit for Intermediate


Stop and Vertical Operation

Precautions
Be aware that smoking cigarettes, etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
hazardous to humans.
Note 1) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator.
Note 2) Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance intervals for
this cylinder, which differ from those of the standard cylinder.
Note 3) In principle, it is impossible to make built-in magnet type and the
one with auto switch. But, as for the one with auto switch, and
the heat resistant cylinder with heat resistant auto switch, since it
will be differed depending on the series, please contact SMC.
Note 4) Piston speed is ranged from 50 to 500 mm/s.
But, for MGQ80, 100 and MGP80, 100, it will be 50 to 400
mm/s. 50 to 200 mm/s for Series MK. Please contact SMC for
operating speed of Series CY1B.
Note 5) Please contact SMC for Series CQ2 and MGQ with rubber
bumper.
Note 6) As for the ambient temperature range of Series CY1B, since the
magnetic holding force will be varied depending on the operating
conditions, make sure that by referring to page 6-17-22.

Maximum operating pressure at the intermediate stop

0.4 MPa

Use caution that the magnet coupling will be removed, if it is used to stop
in an intermediate stroke by an external stopper with the operating
pressure over 0.4 MPa.

Magnetic Holding Force


Bore size (mm)

10

15

(N)
20

25

32

40

90.1 160

250

410

641

1000 1590

299

490

766

1190 1900

Holding force
(at 150C)

14.4 40.0

Holding force
(at 100C)

17.2 47.9 107

192

50

63

Temperature Range for Operating Cylinder and Piston Speed


(mm/s)
400

XB6

Heat resistant cylinder(150C)

Specifications
Applicable cylinder

C95/CP95

Action

Double acting/Single rod


Double acting/Double rod

Mounting
Ambient and fluid temperature
Packing material
Grease

Standard
products

200

XB6

Air cylinder/Standard

Series

Bore size(mm)

Piston speed

How to Order
C95
Standard model no. Details on pages 6-12-2 and 6-13-4
CP95

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


Basic, Foot, Flange, Clevis, Trunnion
10 to 150C
Fluorine rubber
Heat resistant grease

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

(C)

Ambient temperature

1. When using with the operating temperature from 60 up to 100C, and the
piston speed of more than 200 mm/s, please consult with SMC separately.
2. When using with the operating temperature from 50 up to 100C, and the
piston speed of less than 200 mm/s, XB6 specifications can be used.
3. As for XB6, regarding the temperature range (over 50 to 60C) which
overlaps the one of standard products, consider the tendency of operating
temperature (upper, lower limits), then choose a model.
When using with the operating temperature fluctuated between 50C or less
and 100C or more,
the operating speed, etc. will be largely restricted by the durability. Prior to
use, please contact SMC.

<Reference>
Maintenance cycle for XB6 could vary substantially, depending on the
operating condition and the ambient temperature.
Even if using in our recommended range, as a guide, conduct it in around
1/2 intervals, compared to the standard products.

6-17-24

21

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB7: Cold Resistant Cylinder
Symbol

Cold Resistant Cylinder

-XB7

Air cylinder which changed the seal material and grease, so that it could be used even at lower temperature down to 40C.

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series

Description

CJP

Pin cylinder

CJ2

Air cylinder

CM2

Air cylinder

C85
CU
CQS

CQ2

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

Double acting, Single rod

Except clevis, trunnion style, with switch

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion, switch

CJ2W

Double acting, Double rod

Except with air cushion, switch

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

CM2W Double acting, Double rod

Except with air cushion

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

CG1W

Double acting, Double rod

Except with air cushion

CG1R

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

C76

Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-10-46.

C76W

Double acting, Double rod

Refer to page 6-10-46.

C85

Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-11-47.

C85W

Double acting, Double rod

Refer to page 6-11-47.

Free mount cylinder

CU

Double acting, Single rod

Except with switch

Non-rotating rod type

CUK

Double acting, Single rod

Except with switch

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

Except with switch, with rubber bumper, with bracket

Air cylinder
Direct mount type

C76

Model

CM2R

Direct mount type


CG1

Action

CJP

Air cylinder
ISO cylinder

Compact cylinder
Compact cylinder

CQSW Double acting, Double rod


Double acting, Single rod

CQ2W

Double acting, Double rod Except 50 or more, with switch, with rubber bumper, with bracket

Axial piping type (Centralized piping type) CQP2

Double acting, Single rod

CJ2

CM2
6

CG1
6

(6)

CS1

C76

C85

Except 50 or more, with switch, with rubber bumper, with bracket

C95
7

CP95

Except 50 or more, with switch, with rubber bumper, with bracket

NCM

Standard model no.

XB7

Cold resistant cylinder

Specifications
Seals material
Grease

CA2

How to Order

Ambient temperature range

MB
MB1

Except with switch, with rubber bumper, with bracket

CQ2

CJP

40 to 70C
Low nitrile rubber
Cold resistant grease

Auto switch

Not mountable

Dimensions

Same as standard type

Additional specifications

Same as standard type

Note 1) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic


system lubricator.
Note 2) Use dry air which is suitable for heatless air dryer,
etc. not to cause the moisture to be frozen.
Note 3) Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance
intervals for this cylinder, which differ from those of
the standard cylinder.
Note 4) Mounting auto switch is impossible.
Note 5) Please contact SMC for the one with rubber
bumper for CQ2, CQS.
Note 6) No cushion type is adopted.

6-17-25

NCA
D-X
20Data

22

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB9: Low Speed Cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s)
Symbol

Low Speed Cylinder

-XB9

Even if driving at lower speeds 10 to 50 mm/s, there would be no stick-slip phenomenon and it can run smoothly.

Applicable Series
Series

Model

Description

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

Note

CJP

Pin cylinder

CJP

Double acting, Single rod

CJ2

Air cylinder

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CM2

Double acting, Single rod Except with air-hydro, with air cushion, with gaiter

Direct mount type

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

CBM2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Direct mount type

CG1R

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

C76

Air cylinder

C76

Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-10-46.

C85

ISO cylinder

C85

Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-11-47.

Free mount cylinder

CU

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod type

CUK

Double acting, Single rod

Long stroke standard type

CU

Double acting, Single rod

Long stroke, Non-rotating rod type

CUK

Double acting, Single rod

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

CM2

CG1

CU

CQS

CQ2

Compact cylinder

Except with air cushion

CQSW Double acting, Double rod


CQ2W Double acting, Double rod

MGQ Compact cylinder with guide


Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder

CQP2

Double acting, Single rod

MGQ

Double acting

CY1B

Double acting

CY1S

Double acting

How to Order
Standard model no.

XB9

Low speed cylinder

Specifications
Piston speed

10 to 50 mm/s (Series CY1 is ranged between 15 and 50 mm/s.)

Dimensions

Same as standard type

Additional specifications

Same as standard type

Warning
Precautions
Be aware that smoking cigarettes, etc. after your hands have come into contact with the grease used in
this cylinder can create a gas that is hazardous to humans.

6-17-26

6
6

Double acting, Single rod

CQ2

Compact cylinder
Axial piping type (Centralized piping type)

CY1

6
Except with air cushion

8
8

Note) Operate without lubrication from


a pneumatic system lubricator.

23

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB10: Intermediate Stroke (Using exclusive body)
Symbol

Intermediate Stroke (Using exclusive body)

-XB10

Cylinder which can reduce the mounting space by using an exclusive body which does not use a spacer to achieve that the full length dimension
could be shortened when an intermediate stroke other than the standard stroke is required.

Applicable Series
Series
CQS

CQ2

MGP
MGQ
MY1
MY2
REA
REB

CJ1

Description

Model

Action
Double acting, Single rod
CQS
Compact cylinder
Single acting (Spring return)
Double acting, Double rod
CQSW
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2
Single acting (Spring return)
Compact cylinder
Double acting, Double rod
CQ2W
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2K
Non-rotating rod type
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2
Large bore size
Double acting, Double rod
CQ2W
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2
Long stroke
Double acting
MGP
Compact guide cylinder
Double acting
MGQ
High precision guide type
MY1H
Mechanically jointed
rodless cylinder
MY2H/HT High precision guide type
REAH
High precision guide type
Sine rodless cylinder
REBH

How to Order

Vol. no. (for std model)

Note
Long stroke is available, too.

CJP

CJ2
CM2
7

Except 12 to 32
Except 180, 200
Except 180, 200

CG1
MB

Except 10

8
8
8
8

MB1

10

CS1

CA2

Specifications: Same as standard type.

C76

XB10

Standard model no.

C85

Intermediate stroke

Dimensions: Series CQ2


Double acting, Single rod

C95
Double acting, Double rod

Double acting, Single rod/Long stroke

CP95
NCM
NCA

B + Stroke
A + Stroke

Bore size
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Bore size
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

B + Stroke
A + Stroke

B + Stroke
A + 2 (Stroke)

Single rod type

A
49 stroke or less
20.5 (31.5)
22 (34)
24 (36)
27.5 (37.5)
30 (40)
36.5 (46.5)
38.5 (48.5)
44 (54)
53.5 (63.5)
65 (75)

51 to 99 stroke

40 (40)
46.5 (46.5)
48.5 (48.5)
54 (54)
63.5 (63.5)
75 (75)

49 stroke or less
17 (28)
18.5 (30.5)
19.5 (31.5)
22.5 (32.5)
23 (33)
29.5 (39.5)
30.5 (40.5)
36 (46)
43.5 (53.5)
53 (63)

51 to 99 stroke

33 (33)
39.5 (39.5)
40.5 (40.5)
46 (46)
53.5 (53.5)
63 (63)

Applicable stroke
Range (mm)
6 to 29
6 to 49
6 to 99

11 to 99

Double rod type

A
49 stroke or less
32.2 (39.4)
33 (43)
35 (47)
39 (49)
44.5 (54.5)
54 (64)
56.5 (66.5)
58 (68)
71 (81)
84.5 (94.5)

51 to 99 stroke

54.5 (54.5)
64 (64)
66.5 (66.5)
68 (68)
81 (81)
94.5 (94.5)

B
49 stroke or less
25.2 (32.4)
26 (36)
26 (38)
29 (39)
30.5 (40.5)
40 (50)
40.5 (50.5)
42 (52)
51 (61)
60.5 (70.5)

51 to 99 stroke

40.5 (40.5)
50 (50)
50.5 (50.5)
52 (52)
61 (61)
70.5 (70.5)

Bore size
(mm)

D-

Single rod type (Long stroke)

Applicable stroke

45.5
32
62.5
55
40
72
55.5
50
73.5
101 to 299
57
63
75
66
80
86
75.5
100
97.5
Dimensions of with auto switch and those of without auto switch
are the same.
( ): Denotes the dimensions of auto switch type.
Refer to page 7-6-1 for the dimensions except those
mentioned on the left.
Note) Applicable stroke available by the 1 mm interval.

Applicable stroke

6 to 29
6 to 49
6 to 99

11 to 99

Bore size
(mm)

Single rod type (Single acting/Return)

Applicable stroke

17 (28)
12
20.5 (31.5)
6 to 9
18.5 (30.5)
16
22 (34)
19.5 (31.5)
20
24 (36)
6 to 9
25
27.5 (37.5) 22.5 (32.5)
23 (33)
32
30 (40)
6 to 9
40
36.5 (46.5) 29.5 (39.5)
50
38.5 (48.5) 30.5 (40.5)
11 to 19
( ): Denotes the dimensions of auto switch type.

6-17-27

-X
20Data

24

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Intermediate Stroke

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB10: Intermediate Stroke (Using exclusive body)

Symbol

Intermediate Stroke (Using exclusive body)

-XB10

Dimensions: Series CQS

Dimensions: Series MGP

Double acting, Single rod/Long stroke

CJ1

Stroke Range

Double acting, Double rod

Bore size (mm)

Stroke range (mm)

12, 16

11 to 249

20, 25

21 to 399

CJP
CJ2

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


26 to 399
Specifications except the stroke range are the same as standard.
Note) Applicable stroke available by the 1 mm interval.

CM2
CG1

A + Stroke

B + Stroke

B + Stroke

A + Stroke

Bore size
(mm)

12
16
20
25

A + 2 (Stroke)

Single rod type

Applicable stroke

20.5 (25.5)
17 (22)
20.5 (25.5)
17 (22)
24 (34)
19.5 (29.5)
27.5 (37.5) 22.5 (32.5)

6 to 29
6 to 49

Double rod type


Bore size
(mm)

12
16
20
25

29 (34)
29 (34)
35 (45)
39 (49)

22 (27)
22 (27)
26 (36)
29 (39)

Applicable stroke

6 to 29
6 to 49

12
16
20
25

A
45.5
45.5
55.5
59

Applicable stroke

32
32
41
44

31 to 99
51 to 199
51 to 299

Single rod type (Single acting/Return)


Bore size
(mm)

12
16
20
25

Applicable stroke

20.5 (25.5)
17 (22)
20.5 (25.5)
17 (22)
24 (34)
19.5 (29.5)
27.5 (37.5) 22.5 (32.5)
( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.

6-17-28

MGPM, MGPL-XB10/ WA, WB Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

Stroke range
(mm)

12
16

11 to 249

Bore size
(mm)

Stroke range
(mm)

20
25

21 to 399

Bore size
(mm)

Stroke range
(mm)

32
40
50
63
80
100

6 to 9
6 to 9

11 to 39 st
20

41 to 99 st
40

24

44

WB

101 to 199 st 201 to 249 st


110
200
110

Bore size
(mm)

Bore size
(mm)
20
25
Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63
80
100

46

120

44

60
WB

200

300

29

39

77

117

95

76 to 99 st 101 to 249 st
18.5
43

167

18.5

49

122

31.5

68.5

26 to 74 st 76 to 199 st 201 to 399 st 26 to 74 st 76 to 199 st 201 to 399 st


102
140
37.5
42.5
80.5
97
97

102

140

31

36

74

106.5

118

161

34.5

46

89

106.5

118

161

29.5

41

84

115

142

193

18.5

45.5

96.5

162
203
21
46
87
137
Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.

12
16
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63
Bore size
(mm)
80
100

A
11 to 39 st
43

65

95

41 to 99 st 101 to 249 st
13
43

19

49

80

69.5

85.5 104.5

104

122

10

27

51

69

122

16

32

51

68.5

26 to 74 st 76 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 399 st 26 to 74 st 76 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 399 st

81

98

118

140

21.5

38.5

58.5

80.5

81

98

118

140

15

32

52

74

93

114

134

161

21

42

62

89

93

114

134

161

16

37

57

84

26 to 49 st 51 to 74 st 76 to 199 st 201 to 399 st 26 to 49 st 51 to 74 st 76 to 199 st 201 to 399 st

109.5

130

160

193

13

121

147

180

203

CP95
NCM
NCA

-X
20Data

21 to 39 st 41 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 399 st 21 to 39 st 41 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 399 st

63

C85

D-

41 to 99 st 101 to 249 st 10 to 39 st
55
85
1

49

C76

C95

WB

Bore size
(mm)

CA2
CS1

105

MGPM (Ball bushing bearing) A, E Dimensions


E

85

27

WA

21 to 74 st 76 to 199 st 201 to 399 st 21 to 74 st 76 to 199 st 201 to 399 st


84.5
122
0
31.5
69
53
53.5

17

101 to 199 st 201 to 249 st


60
105

26 to 39 st 41 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 299 st 301 to 399 st 26 to 39 st 41 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 299 st 301 to 399 st
121
83
45
48
33
24
124
200
300
171
122
84
46
48
34
24
124
200
300
172
124
86
48
48
36
24
124
200
300
174
124
88
50
52
38
28
128
200
300
174
128
92
54
52
42
28
128
200
300
178
121
85
47
72
35
48
148
220
320
171

76 to 99 st 101 to 249 st 11 to 74 st
60.5
85
0
64.5

41 to 99 st
25

WA

A
11 to 74 st
42

200

11 to 39 st
15

21 to 39 st 41 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 299 st 301 to 399 st 21 to 39 st 41 to 124 st 126 to 199 st 201 to 299 st 301 to 399 st
120
200
300
29
39
77
117
167
24
44
24

26 to 399

MB1
WA

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, E Dimensions

12
16

Single rod style (Long stroke)


Bore size
(mm)

( ): Denotes the dimensions of auto switch style.


In the case of long stroke, dimensions of with auto switch and those of
without auto switch are the same.
Dimensions other than listed at left are the same as standard type.
Note) Applicable stroke available by the 1 mm interval.

MB

33.5

63.5

96.5

31

64

87

6-17-29

25

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB10: Intermediate Stroke (Using exclusive body)
Symbol

Intermediate Stroke (Using exclusive body)

-XB10

Dimensions: Series MGQ


Stroke Range
Bore size (mm)

Stroke range (mm)

12, 16

11 to 99

20, 25

21 to 199

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


26 to 199
Specifications except the stroke range are the same as standard.
Note) Applicable stroke available by the 1 mm interval.

A + Stroke

MGQM (Slide bearing) A, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)
12
16
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63
80
100

MGQL (Ball bushing bearing) A, E Dimensions

11 to 99 st
39

11 to 99 st
0

43

A
21 to 74 st
47

E
76 to 199 st
61.5

47.5

62

21 to 74 st
0

76 to 199 st
14.5

14.5

26 to 199 st
71.5

26 to 199 st
24

71.5

17.5

81

25

81

20

93

18.5

21
105
Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.

6-17-30

Bore size
(mm)
12
16
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63
80
100

11 to 39 st
43

41 to 99 st
55

11 to 39 st
4

41 to 99 st
16

49

65

22

21 to 39 st
57

41 to 199 st
74

21 to 39 st
10

41 to 199 st
27

63.5

79.5

16

32

76 to 199 st
90

26 to 74 st
5.5

A
26 to 74 st
53

E
76 to 199 st
42.5

54

90

36

60

102

46

61

102

41

84

143

9.5

68.5

89

153

69

Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.

26

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB11: Long Stroke Type
Symbol

Long Stroke Type

-XB11

Stroke which exceeds the standard stroke length

CJ1

Applicable Series
Description

Series

Model

Slide unit

CXW

Type

CXWM

Slide bearing type

CXWL

Ball bushing bearing type

CXS

Standard type

CXSW

Double rod type

CXS

Dual rod cylinder

CY1/3

Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder CY1B/CY3B Basic type

MY1

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)


8

CJP
CJ2

CM2

CG1

MY1B

Basic type

MY1M(W)

Slide bearing type

With cover (W) is also available.

MY1C(W)

Cam follower guide type

With cover (W) is also available.

MY1H

High precision guide type

MB

MB1

MY2

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder

MY2H/HT

High precision guide type

CQ2

Compact cylinder

CQ2AH

Air-hydro type

ML1

Hy-rodless cylinder

ML1C

Cam follower guide type

REA

Sine rodless cylinder

REA

Basic type

10

Except with rubber bumper

CA2

CS1
C76

How to Order

C85

XB11

Standard model no.

C95

Long stroke type

Enter a symbol for


stroke required.

CP95
NCM

Specifications: Same as standard type.

NCA

Stroke Range
Series

Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

Long stroke (mm)

10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

100 to 2000

2001 to 5000 (Up to 3000 for 10, 16)

MY1M(W)

16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63

100 to 2000

2001 to 5000 (Up to 3000 for 16)

MY1C(W)

16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63

100 to 2000

2001 to 5000 (Up to 3000 for 16)

16, 20, 25, 32, 40

50 to 600

601 to 1500 (Up to 1000 for 16, 20)

16, 25, 40

50 to 600

601 to 1500 (Up to 1000 for 16)

10

10 to 75

15

10 to 100

110, 120, 125, 150

20, 25, 32

10 to 100

110, 120, 125, 150, 175, 200

CXWM

16, 20, 25, 32

25 to 200

225, 250, 275, 300 (CXWM16 to 25)


225, 250 (CXWM32)
225, 250, 275 (CXWL16 to 25)
225 (CXWL32)

CXWL

16, 20, 25, 32

25 to 200

225, 250, 275

25, 32, 40

100 to 1000

1001 to 2000

CY3B

20, 25, 32, 40

100 to 1000

2001 to 3000

CY1B

50, 63

200 to 2000

MY1B

MY1H
MY2H/HT
CXSM
CXSL

ML1

REA
CQ2AH

25, 32, 40, 50, 63

200 to 1000

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

(5), 10, 15, 20, 25, 30


35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100

D-X
20Data

80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 125, 150

From 2001
2001 to 4000 (25, 32)
2001 to 5000 (40)
2001 to 6000 (50, 63)
125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300

6-17-31

27

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Long Stroke

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB11: Long Stroke Type

Symbol

Long Stroke Type

-XB11

Dimensions

Dimensions

Series CXWM: 16, 25


Max. ZZ

(mm)
Model

SS

ZZ

CXWM16-225

92.5

238

18.5

90

514

227

275

502

538

CXWM16-250 105

20, 32

263

18.5

90

564

252

300

552

588

CXWM16-275 117.5 288

18.5

90

614

277

325

602

638

CXWM16-300 130

313

18.5

90

664

302

350

652

688

Model

SS

ZZ

CXWM25-225

96

241

20.5

90

525

227

282

509

553

CXWM25-250 108.5 266

20.5

90

575

252

307

559

603

CXWM25-275 121

291

20.5

90

625

277

332

609

653

CXWM25-300 133.5 316

20.5

90

675

302

357

659

703

CXS M
L 10/15

CJ1

CXS M
L 20/25/32

CJP

Stroke

Stroke

CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2

(mm)
F

SS

ZZ

CXWM20-225

94.5

239

20

90

520

227

279

506

534

264

20

90

570

252

304

556

584

CXWM20-275 119.5 289

20

90

620

277

329

606

634

CXWM20-300 132

20

90

670

302

354

656

684

CXWM20-250 107

314

Model

SS

ZZ

CXWM32-225

38

240

28

220

543

227

296

523

563

CXWM32-250

38

265

28

245

593

252

321

573

613

Series CXWL: 16, 25


Max. ZZ

CS1
C76
C85
C95
Model
CXSML10
CXSML15
CXSML20
CXSML25
CXSML32
Stroke 80 90 100 110 120 125 150 110 120 125 150 110 120 125 150 175 200 110 120 125 150 175 200 110 120 125 150 175 200
SS 135 145 155 165 175 180 205 170 180 185 210 180 190 195 220 245 270 182 192 197 222 247 272 192 202 207 232 257 282
ZZ 152 162 172 182 192 197 222 189 199 204 229 204 214 219 244 269 294 206 216 221 246 271 296 222 232 237 262 287 312
90
110
60
80
100
80
100
50
75
70
80
65
Z
Note 1) Dimensions of each model except SS, ZZ and Z on the above table are the same as standard type.
Note 2) For the external dimensions of Series CXSW double rod, refer to the standard type of CXSW.
Symbol

Model

NCM
NCA

(mm)
Model

SS

ZZ

CXWL16-225 115.5 239

41

90

560

227

321

548

584

CXWL16-250 128

264

41

90

610

252

346

598

634

Model

CQ2AH32/40/50

CQ2AH63/80/100

CXWL16-275 140.5 289

41

90

660

277

371

648

684

Dimensions

External dimensions are the same as CQ2 long stroke type.

External dimensions are the same as CQ2 long stroke type.

D-

Model

SS

ZZ

CXWL25-225 119

241

43.5

90

571

227

328

555

599

CXWL25-250 131.5

266

43.5

90

621

252

353

605

649

CXWL25-275 144

291

43.5

90

671

277

378

655

699

CQ2AH32/40/50/63/80/100

-X

(mm)
K

SS

ZZ

CXWL20-225 116.5 239

Model

42

90

564

227

323

550

578

CXWL20-250 129

264

42

90

614

252

348

600

628

CXWL20-275 141.5 289

42

90

664

277

373

650

678

Model

SS

ZZ

CXWL32-225

41

277

30

255

584

227

337

564

604

20Data

20, 32

6-17-32

CP95

6-17-33

28

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB12: External Stainless Steel Cylinder
Symbol

External Stainless Steel Cylinder

-XB12

A cylinder that uses stainless steel that excels in rust resistance for all external parts that are exposed to the surrounding environment. Its external
dimensions and installation dimensions are identical to those of the standard Series CM2.

Applicable Series
Series

Model

Description
Air cylinder

CM2

Non-rotating rod type

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

CM2W

Double acting, Double rod

CM2K

Double acting, Double rod

How to Order
CM2

XB12

Standard model no.

External stainless steel cylinder

Specifications
External stainless steel 304

Material
Series

CM2W

CM2, CM2K

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)

Cushion

Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side


flange style, Head side flange style,
Integral clevis style, Boss-cut basic
style, Boss-cut rod side flange style

Mounting style
Specifications other than above
and external dimensions

Basic style, Axial foot style,


Flange style

Same as standard type

Note) With air cushion, One-touch fitting integral type are not available.

Mounting Bracket Part No.


Bore size (mm)
Description

20

25

32

40

Foot (1)

CM-L020B-XB12

CM-L032B-XB12

CM-L040B-XB12

Flange

CM-F020B-XB12

CM-F032B-XB12

CM-F040B-XB12

Mounting nut

SN-020BSUS

SN-032BSUS

SN-040BSUS

Rod end nut

NT-02SUS

NT-03SUS

NT-04SUS

Single knuckle
joint

I-020B-XB12

I-032B-XB12

I-040B-XB12

Double knuckle (2)


joint

Y-020B-XB12

Y-032B-XB12

Y-040B-XB12

Pin for double (3)


knuckle joint

CDP-1-XC27

CDP-3-XC27

Note 1) 1 set consists of 2 foot brackets and 1 mounting nut. Order 2 pcs. per cylinder.
Note 2) With pin, snap ring
Note 3) With snap ring (Cotter pins for bore size 40)

6-17-34

29

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB13: Low Speed Cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)
Symbol

Low Speed Cylinder

-XB13

Even if driving at lower speeds 5 to 50 mm/s (CY1: 7 to 50 mm/s), there would be no stick-slip phenomenon and it can run smoothly.

Applicable Series
Series
CJ2
CM2
CG1

Action

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

Air cylinder

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Air cylinder

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Direct mount type

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Direct mount type

CG1R

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MBW

Double acting, Double rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

C95S

Double acting, Single rod

Description

Model

Air cylinder

MB
MB1

Air cylinder

C95

ISO cylinder

C95P

ISO cylinder

CU

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

CU

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod type

CUK

Double acting, Single rod

Long stroke, standard type

CU

Double acting, Single rod

Long stroke, non-rotating rod type

CUK

Double acting, Single rod

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

CQSW

Double acting, Double rod

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

CQ2W

Double acting, Double rod

Compact cylinder
Compact cylinder

CQ2

CJ2
6

C95S-W Double acting, Double rod

Free mount cylinder

CG1

MB

MB1

CA2
CS1

C85
C95
CP95

CXWM

Slide bearing type

CXWL

Ball bushing bearing type

Slide unit

MXU

Compact slide

MXU

CXS

Dual rod cylinder

CXS

Standard type

MGP

Compact guide cylinder

MGP M
L

Standard type

MGGM

Slide bearing type

Shock absorber cannot be mounted.

MGCM

Slide bearing type

With rubber bumper

Guide cylinder

C76

CXW

MGC

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Axial piping type (Centralized piping type) CQP2

MGG

CJP

C95S-W Double acting, Double rod


CP95S

CJ1

NCM

NCA

D-X
20-

CY1B/CY3B Basic type


CY1/3

Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder

CXT

Platform cylinder

Slide bearing type

CY1L

Ball bushing bearing type

CXT

Standard type

How to Order

Data
Except long stroke

How to Order

Standard model no.

Specifications

CY1S

XB13

Low speed cylinder

C95
Standard model no. Details on pages 6-12-2 and 6-13-4
CP95
Specifications
Applicable cylinder

Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)


Air cylinder/Standard

Piston speed

5 to 50 mm/s (CY1/3: 7 to 50 mm/s)

Dimensions

Same as standard type

Series

C95/CP95

Same as standard type

Action

Double acting/Single rod


Double acting/Double rod

Additional specification

Bore size(mm)
Note 1) Operate without lubrication from a
pneumatic system lubricator.
Note 2) For the speed adjustment, use
speed controllers for controlling at
lower speeds. (Series AS-FM/AS-M)

Piston speed
Cushion
Auto switch
Mounting

XB13

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


5 to 50mm/s
Air cushion
Available for mounting
Basic, Foot, Flange, Clevis, Trunnion

6-17-35

30

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB14: Cylinder with Heat Resistant Auto Switch
Symbol

Cylinder with Heat Resistant Auto Switch

-XB14
L

Heat resistant compact cylinder Series CDQ2 (16 to 63) which can mount heat resistant solid state switch. (D-F7NJ Z , Max. 150C)

Applicable Series
Series

Description

Model

Action

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

CQ2

Compact cylinder

CQ2

Double acting,
Single rod

Applicable to 16 to 63
Except the one with rubber bumper

How to Order
CDQ2

F7NJL

Standard model no.

XB14

Cylinder with heat resistant auto switch

Specifications
Bore
size
(mm)

Compact cylinder/Standard type

Applicable cylinder

CQ2

Series

Standard stroke (mm)


15

16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63

Bore size (mm)


Type

Non-lube

Fluid

Air

20

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

25

Maximum operating pressure

1.0 MPa

Minimum operating pressure

0.05 MPa (For 16 only, 0.07 MPa)

Rod end thread

Male or female thread

40

45

50

70 100

63

JIS Class 2
+ 1.0
0

35

50

None

Stroke length tolerance

30

40

Rubber bumper
Rod end thread tolerance

25

32

0 to 150C

Ambient and fluid temperature

20

16

Manufacturing of intermediate strokes


Intermediate strokes by the 1 mm interval are available by using
spacers with standard stroke cylinders.

mm

50 to 500 mm/s

Piston speed

Note) For detailed specifications about auto switch, refer to page 7-9-35.

Proper Mounting Auto Switch Position (Detection at stroke end)


16 to 25
Auto switch (Sensor section)
B

22
11

Indicator light

22

A 21.6

64.5

Auto switch (Amplifier section)


Lead wire length D-F7NJL: 3 m
D-F7NJZ: 5 m

32 to 63

21.6

Bore size
(mm)

16

5.5

23.5

20

25.5

25

7.5

28.5

Bore size
(mm)

32

9.5

6.5

32.5

40

13.5

36

50

11.5

12

42

63

14

15

48.5

Lead wire length: 3 m


B

Lead wire length: 3 m


Auto switch (Amplifier section)

22

22

11

Indicator light

64.5
Auto switch (Sensor section)

Lead wire length D-F7NJL: 3 m


D-F7NJZ: 5 m

Dimensions on the cylinder body is equivalent to the standard type, double acting, single rod of Series CDQ2.
Note 1) Auto switches are shipped in the same package, but not assembled in order to protect it at the time of shipment. Assemble it by referring to A, B
dimensions for mounting position shown in the table above.
Note 2) Tightening torque for auto switch mounting M3 screw be set as 0.5 to 0.7 Nm.

6-17-36

31

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XB18: Low Friction Cylinder
Symbol

10 Low Friction Cylinder

-XB18

Specially designed to keep friction of the piston to a minimum. Suitable for contact-pressure control requiring smooth operation at low pressures.

Applicable Series
Series

Model

CQS

Compact cylinder

CQ2

Model

Action

Note

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

Vol. no. (for std model)


7

Except 25 or less

CJ1
CJP

CJ2
CM2
Since the rubber bumper is provided as standard, fill in C (with rubber
bumper) for each series of the standard products model number.

How to Order
XB18

Standard model no.

CG1
MB
MB1

Low friction cylinder

CA2

Specifications
Applicable cylinder

CQ2

CQS

Bore size (mm)

12

Minimum operating pressure

0.03 MPa

Maximum operating pressure


Allowable leakage

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

0.025 MPa

80

CS1

100

C76

0.01 MPa

0.7 MPa

C85

0.5 l/min (ANR) or less

Direction of low friction

Both directions

Lubrication

Non-lube

Dimensions

Anti-lateral load type, the same dimensions as CQSS, CQ2S.

Cushion

C95
CP95

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)

NCM
Stroke
Model, Bore size (mm)
CQS
CQ2

NCA

Applicable stroke

12, 16

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30

20, 25

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50

32, 40

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100

50, 63, 80, 100

10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100

D-X
20Data

6-17-37

32

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Special Port Location

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC3: Special Port Location

Symbol

11 Special Port Location

-XC3

Compared with the standard type, a cylinder which changes the connection port location of rod/head cover and the location of cushion valve.

Applicable Series
Series
CJ2

Model

Description

Vol. no. (for std model)

Note

Air cylinder

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except w/ rail mounting style auto switches, w/ air cushion

Non-rotating rod type

CJ2K

Double acting, Single rod

Except w/ rail mounting style auto switches

CM2

Air cylinder

How to Order

CJ1

MB, MB1, CA2, CS1, CNA

CM2K

RSQ, RSG

Double acting, Single rod

CM2R

Cushion valve location seen from the rod side


Rod port location seen from the head side

CJ2

For port location, refer to the following diagrams and show the
symbols of A, B, C and D

CM2
CG1

XC3 A

Standard model no.


6

CM2KW Double acting, Double rod


Direct mount type

Special port location

Double acting, Double rod

CJP

Double acting, Single rod

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

Non-rotating rod type

XC3 A

Standard model no.

Single acting (Spring return/extend)


CM2W

CM2

Action

Special port location

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Port location

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type CM2RK Double acting, Single rod
Low friction type

CM2Q

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

CBM2

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MBW

Double acting, Double rod

Non-rotating rod type

MBK

Double acting, Single rod

Low friction type

MBQ

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder
MB

MB1

Air cylinder
Non-rotating rod type
Air cylinder

CA2

CS1

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

MB1K

Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

CA2W

Double acting, Double rod

Low friction type

CA2Q Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

CBA1

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

Low friction type

CS1Q Double acting, Single rod

CA2
Relation between Port Location and Cushion Valve Location
6

Series

Rod side
flange style

(A)
(B)(D)

(C)
Cushion valve

CNA

Head side
flange style

(A)

(B) (D)

CS1

(A)
(B)(D)

Double
clevis
style
(A)

(B)(D)

(C)

(C)

Single
clevis
style
(A)

(C)

(B)(D)
(C)

C76

Center
trunnion
style
(A)

C85

(B) (D)

C95

(B)

(C)

CP95

(C)

1. As shown in the above diagram, the symbols for the positions of the ports and cushion valves are as follows: viewed from the rod side, the
top position is rendered A; then, B, C, and D, in the clockwise direction.
2. The type in which the ports and the cushion valves are combined is applicable only when the rod cover and the head cover are changed to
the same positions.
3. The symbol indicated as -XC3 A B is the standard specification, and there are no part numbers A or B.
4. Those shown above are the same as standard, other than the symbols that indicate the positions of the ports and the cushion valves.

Double acting with spring installed

Cushion
valve

Port

10

Double acting
RSG

(D)

Single acting

RSQ Stopper cylinder


RSG

Port

Foot
style

(A)

CA2

CS1

Corresponding symbol of mounting bracket (Positional relationships)


Basic
style

Double acting
RSQ

MB1

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Cushion
valve

Port

(A)

Cushion
valve

Port
(A)

(A)

Cushion
valve

Port

Cushion
valve

Port

(A)

Cushion
valve

Port

(A)

Cushion
valve

Port

Double acting, Single rod

MB

(B) (D)

(B) (D)

(B)

(D)

(B)

(D)

(B)

(D)

Basic style

XC3 A

Special port location

Cushion valve location seen from the rod


Port location seen from the rod

For port location, refer to the following diagrams and show the symbols
of A, B, C and D.

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Position relation between clevis and port

CJ2
CM2

Viewed from the rod side, the ports


are rendered A, B, C, and D, in the
clockwise direction.

Rod chamfered

Port
Viewed from the rod side, with
the clevis positioned as shown
in the diagram, the ports are
rendered A, B, C, and D, in the
clockwise direction.

1. Positional relationships between port and cushion valve can not be changed. 2. Cylinder with cushion of CJ2 (CJ2-A) is not available for -XC3.

6-17-38

(C)

Rod side flange style

Head side flange style

Single clevis style

Double clevis style

Center trunnion
(Except MB1)

Port

Corresponding symbol of mounting bracket (Positional relationships)

Port

(C)

In the case of standard type, the symbol for port and rod-chamfered positions are on the same surface and positioned upward.
Define the port position at right to be A, and then B, C in a clockwise order.

Relation between Port Location and Cushion Valve Location


Series

(C)

1. Symbol of position for port and cushion valve has to be looked from the rod side, as figures above. (In the case of standard cylinders, port
must be positioned in the upper side.) Define the upper side to be A, and then B, C, and D in a clockwise order.
2. Model of combination between port and cushion valve is applicable only when the position of a port and a cushion valve on the rod cover
and the head cover will be changed to the same position against the support bracket, as a rule.
3. XC3AA is not available in terms of the position between port and cushion valve, since it is available in the standard products.

Foot style

Data

(C)

(C)

How to Order
Standard model no.

-X

(B)

(C)

(C)

MB1

CJ2
CM2

D-

20(D)

(B)

Single acting
CNA

NCA

(A)

(A)

Double acting with spring installed


(D)

CNA Cylinder with lock

NCM

Rod chamfered

Rod chamfered

Rod chamfered

RSQ
RSG

(C)

(A)
Port

(B)
Standard type

Port

Port

-XC3A

-XC3B

-XC3C

6-17-39

33

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC3: Special Port Location
Symbol

11 Special Port Location

-XC3

How to Order
CBM2

Standard model no.

XC3

CBA2

Standard model no.

XC3

Special port location

Lock location

Cushion needle location

Port location

Specifications: Same as standard type.


Relation between Port Location and Cushion Valve Location
Series

Corresponding symbol of mounting bracket (Positional relationships)


Port location
Rod side port and head side port are at the same location. Symbols of
lock position and port location are as the following diagrams.

Clevis style is based on the direction of clevis bracket.

CBM

Standard (AD)

Standard (BA)
Except with air cushion
Port and cushion needle are at the same rod/head position. Symbols of
port location, cushion needle position and lock position are as the
following diagrams.

Diagrams seen from the rod side


When the mounting bracket is attached, the conditions
placed like below are on a basis.

(D)
(C)
Foot style
(A)

CBA

(D)
Standard (ABD)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(B) (D)

(B) (D)

(B)

(C)
(C)
Rod side flange style Head side flange style
(A)

(A)
(B) (D)

(B) (D)

(C)
(C)
Single clevis style Double clevis style

(C)
Center trunnion style

Diagrams seen from the rod side

6-17-40

(B)

34

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC4: With Heavy Duty Scraper
Symbol

12 With Heavy Duty Scraper

-XC4

It is suitable for using cylinders under the environment, where there are much dusts in a surrounding area by using a heavy duty scraper on the wiper
ring, or using cylinders under earth and sand exposed to the die-castied equipment, construction machinery, or industrial vehicles.

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series

Model

Description
Air cylinder

CM2

CG1
MB

MB1

CA2

C76
C85
C95
CQ2

Double acting, Double rod

CBM2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MBW

Double acting, Double rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

CA2W

Double acting, Double rod

CBA2

Double acting, Single rod

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

CS1W

Double acting, Double rod

C76

Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-11-48.

C76W

Double acting, Double rod

Refer to page 6-11-48.

C85

Double acting, Single rod

Refer to page 6-11-49.

C85W

Double acting, Double rod

Refer to page 6-11-49.

ISO cylinder

C95S

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

20 to 100

Double acting, Single rod

32 to 100

Air cylinder
Air cylinder

Air cylinder

Air cylinder
Air cylinder
ISO cylinder

Axial piping type (Centralized piping type) CQP2

Valve mounted cylinder

MGP

Compact guide cylinder


Guide cylinder

Vol. no. (for std model)

CM2P Double acting, Single rod

CV

MGC

Double acting, Single rod

CM2W

Cylinder with end lock

Long stroke

MGG

CM2

Note

Centralized piping type

Cylinder with end lock


CS1

Action

CJP
CJ2
CM2

Head side locking type only (Except w/ air cushion)


6
6
6

Head side locking type only

CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1

C76

C85

C95

CP95

NCM

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

CV3

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1

Double acting, Single rod

MGP

Double acting

20 to 100

MGPA

High precision type

20 to 100

MGG

Standard type

Except 20, 25

MGC

Compact type

Except 20, 25

10

NCA
D-X
20Data

How to Order
Standard model no.
For Series MGP and C95,
refer to page 6-17-44.

XC4

With heavy duty scraper


(SCB scraper)

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Caution
Do not replace heavy duty scrapers.
Since a heavy duty scraper is press-fit, replace it by rod cover assembly, not a cover. (Holder plate assembly in the case of Series MGP)
Series CM2 cannot replace either heavy duty scraper or rod seal.
(It goes for replacing retainer assembly for Series CS1.)

6-17-41

35

Made to Order Common Specifications:


With Heavy Duty Scraper

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC4: With Heavy Duty Scraper

Symbol

12 With Heavy Duty Scraper

-XC4
Dimensions

Construction (Dimensions are the same as standard.)


Series CM2

Series CM2W

CJ1

Series MB
Series MB1

CJP

Series MB, MB1


Bore size (mm)

32
40
50
63
80
100

ZZ + Stroke

H
47
58
67
67
81
81

F
15
17
19
19
25
25

ZZ
135
146
165
165
199
199

CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB

Series CG1
Series CA2

MB1

Series CVM

CA2
CS1
C76
C85
C95

ZZ + Stroke

Series CG1
Series CV3

Long stroke

Series CS1

CP95

ZZ
FA
FB
M
I2
H
ZZ
E2
129
32
17
8
3
5
38
48
121
147
40
21
8
3
6
48
58
138
170
50
26
9
3
8
59
66
158
170
63
26
9
3
10
72
66
158
Other dimensions are the same as double acting, single rod, standard type.
On the axial foot style and the rod side flange style, the installation bracket is wedged and bolted between the cylinder and the
scraper hardware at the time of shipment. On other styles, it is placed in the same package (not assembled).
Bore size (mm)

Series CQ2

Series CBM (Only with head side locking)

NCM
NCA
D-X

( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.


Other dimensions are the same as for CQ2/standard type.
Bore size 32, without switch, 5 strokes: Q-dimensions is 21.5.
Relation between bore size 12 to 32 piping port and mounting holes is as the following diagram.
Please contact SMC for bracket style.
Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.

Series CVS1
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

Without switch: Bore size 20 to 32


With switch: Bore size 32

Series CQ2

Series MB

6-17-42

Bore size
(mm) 50 stroke or less
34 (46)
20
37.5 (47.5)
25
40 (50)
32
46.5 (56.5)
40
48.5 (58.5)
50
54 (64)
63
80
63.5 (73.5)
100
75 (85)

A
75, 100 stroke

50 (50)
56.5 (56.5)
58.5 (58.5)
64 (64)
73.5 (73.5)
85 (85)

B
125 to 300 stroke 50 stroke or less

29.5 (41.5)

32.5 (42.5)
67.5 (67.5)
33 (43)
77 (77)
29.5 (39.5)
78.5 (78.5) 30.5 (40.5)
80 (80)
36 (46)
91 (91)
43.5 (53.5)
102.5 (102.5)
53 (63)

75, 100 stroke

43 (43)
39.5 (39.5)
40.5 (40.5)
46 (46)
53.5 (53.5)
63 (63)

125 to 300 stroke

55.5 (55.5)
55 (55)
55.5 (55.5)
57 (57)
66 (66)
75.5 (75.5)

28
35
35
43
59

With switch: Bore size 20, 25

100 stroke or less 125 stroke or more 50 stroke or less 125 stroke or more

19 (20.5)

21 (21)

20.5 (20.5)
10
14 (14)
5
11 (11)
10
14 (14)
5
10.5 (10.5)
10
16.5 (16.5)
5
15 (15)
10
19 (19)
5
16 (16)
10
23 (23)
5
23 (23)

6-17-43

20Data

36

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC4: With Heavy Duty Scraper
Symbol

12 With Heavy Duty Scraper

-XC4

How to Order/MGP
M
MGP L

Specifications

Bore size

MGPA

Stroke

Applicable series

XC4

Bearing type

With heavy duty scraper


Suffix
Nil
W

Bore size (mm)

MGPM

MGPL/MGPA

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


0.12 MPa

With single side


Minimum
operating pressure With both sides

With single side scraper


With both sides scraper

0.14 MPa

Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Series MGP

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, E, HT Dimensions

HT

DS
4-MT

Bore size
(mm)

FT
FB
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

For cylinder with both


sides scraper

Common Dimensions:
MGPM, MGPL, MGPA
Bore size
(mm)

20
63
25
63.5
32
69.5
40
76
50
82
63
87
80 106.5
100 126

EW+ Stroke
FT
AW+ 2 x Stroke

FB

FT

16
16
20
20
22
22
28
35

5
5
6
6
6
6
6
9

DS
MGPL
MGPM MGPA
20
17
15
74
6
6
25
21
19
74.5 6
7
32
21
82.5 7
8.5 26
40
26
21
89
7
9
50
31
26
95
7
11
63 100
31
26
7
11
80 120.5 8
36
31
14
100 143
44
36
8
16
Bypass port size for guide rod with bottom
mounting
AW

EW

MT

How to Order
C95

Standard model no. Details on page 6-12-2

Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st 50 st or less


132
0
94.5
132
0
95
150
27.5
112
150
21
112
171
24.5
128
171
19.5
128
203
18.5
152
213
21
172

31.5
31.5
42.5
36
46
41
45.5
46

Over 200 st
69
68.5
80.5
74
89
84
96.5
87

XC4

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
Bore size
(mm)

32
40
50
63
Bore size
(mm)

80
100

E
A
HT
30 st Over 100 st
Over 30 st Over 100 st
30 st or less Over
to 100 st to 200 st Over 200 st 30 st or less to 100 st to 200 st Over 200 st
73
132
10
69
80
90
114
27
51
79.5 95.5 114.5 132
16
68.5
93
32
51
A
50 st or less
91
91
103
103

Over 50 st Over 100 st


to 100 st to 200 st

108
108
124
124

128
128
144
144

Over 200 st 50 st or less


150 21.5
150 15
171 21
171 16

Over 50 st Over 100 st


to 100 st to 200 st

38.5
32
42
37

58.5
52
62
57

Over 200 st
80.5
74
89
84

Series C95

With heavy duty scraper


Air cylinder/Standard

Series

C95

Action

Double acting/Single rod

Bore size(mm)

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

F
H
ZZ + Stroke

Cushion

Air cushion

Bore size
(mm)

ZZ

Scraper

SCB scraper

32

15

48

146

40

17

54

163

50

19

69

179

63

19

69

194

80

25

86

218

100

25

91

233

Auto switch
Mounting

6-17-44

Available for mounting


Basic, Foot, Flange, Clevis, Trunnion

HT
110
118
146
160

A
E
HT
25 st Over 50 st
Over 25 st Over 50 st
25 st or less Over
to 50 st to 200 st Over 200 st 25 st or less to 50 st to 200 st Over 200 st
119.5 140 170 203
13
33.5 63.5 96.5 201
131
5
87
238
157 190 213
31
64

Specifications
Applicable cylinder

HT
XC4
80
93
113
121
153
167
205
244

MGPL, MGPA (Ball bushing bearing) A, E, HT Dimensions

With Both Sides Scraper


Dimensions: AW, EW, MT, DS
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

50 st or less
63
63.5
97
97
106.5
106.5
125
147

37

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC5: Heat Resistant Cylinder (70 to 110C)
Symbol

13 Heat Resistant Cylinder (10 to 110C)

-XC5

Cylinder which changed the seal material for heat resistance (up to 110C) in order to use under the severe ambient temperature condition which
exceeds the standard specifications of 10 to 70C (0 to 70C for Series CS1).

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series
CM2

Description

Model

Air cylinder
Direct mount type

MB
MB1

CA2
CS1

Air cylinder
Air cylinder
Air cylinder
Air cylinder

Vol. no. (for std model)

Action

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

CM2W

Double acting, Double rod

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MBW

Double acting, Double rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

CA1

Double acting, Single rod

CA1W

Double acting, Double rod

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

CS1W

Double acting, Double rod

Applicable bore size of Series CS1


Lube type: 125 to 300
Non-lube type: 125 to 200

CJP
CJ2

CM2

CG1
6

MB
6

MB1

CA2
CS1

How to Order
Standard model no.

XC5

Heat resistant cylinder

Specifications
Ambient temperature range
Seal material
With auto switch
Specifications other than above
and external dimensions

10 to 110C (0 to 110C for Series CS1)

Note 1) Please contact SMC for details on


the maintenance intervals for this
cylinder, which differ from those of
the standard cylinder.
Note 2) Manufacturing built-in magnet type
and the one with auto switch is
impossible.
Note 3) Material of rod boot is heat resistant
tarpaulin.

C76
C85
C95
CP95
NCM

Fluoro rubber (In the case of CS1 cylinder, cushion seal is made of NBR.)
Unavailable (2)

NCA

Same as standard type

D-X
20Data

6-17-45

38

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Made of Stainless Steel

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC6: Piston Rod and Rod End Nut Made of Stainless Steel

Symbol

12 Piston Rod and Rod End Nut Made of Stainless Steel

-XC6

Suitable for the cases it is likely to generate rust by being immersed in the water and corrosion.

How to Order

Applicable Series

MGP L

Series

Description

Model

Action

Double acting, Single rod


Single acting (Spring return/extend)
CM2W
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
CM2K
CM2 Non-rotating rod type
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
CM2KW Double acting, Double rod
CM2R
Double acting, Single rod
Direct mount type
Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type CM2RK
Double acting, Single rod
CM2P Double acting, Single rod
Centralized piping type
Double acting, Single rod
CG1
Air cylinder
Single acting (Spring return)
CG1 Double rod type
CG1W
Double acting, Double rod
CG1R
Direct mount type
Double acting, Single rod
CG1Q Double acting, Single rod
Low friction type
MB
Double acting, Single rod
Air cylinder
MBW
Double acting, Double rod
MB
MBK
Non-rotating rod type
Double acting, Single rod
MBQ
Low friction type
Double acting, Single rod
MB1
Double acting, Single rod
Air cylinder
MB1
MB1W
Double acting, Double rod
MB1K
Double acting, Single rod
Non-rotating rod type
CA2
Double acting, Single rod
Air cylinder
CA2
CA2W
Double acting, Double rod
CBA2 Note) Double acting, Single rod
Cylinder with end lock
CS1
Double acting, Single rod
CS1 Air cylinder
CS1W
Double acting, Double rod
C95S
C95 ISO cylinder
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
CQS
Compact cylinder
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
CQS
CQSW
Double acting, Double rod
CQSK
Non-rotating rod type
Double acting, Single rod
CQSS Double acting, Single rod
Lateral load resisting type
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2
Compact cylinder
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
CQ2W
Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2 Axial piping type
CQP2
(Centralized piping type)
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
CQ2
Long stroke
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2S
Lateral load resisting type
Double acting, Single rod
CVM5
Double acting, Single rod
CV
CV3
Valve mounted cylinder
Double acting, Single rod
CVS1
Double acting, Single rod
MGP
MGP Compact guide cylinder
Double acting
MGG
MGG Guide cylinder
Standard type
Note) Head side locking type only
Air cylinder

Standard model no.

Vol. no. (for std model)

XC6 A

q Piston rod

Made of stainless steel

CM2

w Guide rod

Suffix
A
B

Stainless steel used on all standard iron parts


Stainless steel rod parts

CJ2

CM2
Stainless Steel Modified Parts
XC6A
XC6B

CG1

q, w, e, r, t, y
q, w, t, y

CA2
6

CS1

How to Order
M

MGG L

Standard model no.

C76

XC6

Made of stainless steel

C85
Suffix

A
B
C

6-17-46

C95

Stainless steel used on all standard iron parts


Stainless steel rod end moving parts

CP95

Stainless steel rod parts

NCM

Stainless Steel Modified Parts


Symbol

-XC6A
-XC6B
7

-XC6C

Bore size (mm)


20, 25, 32, 40, 50
63, 80, 100

Parts no.

Note

r, !1, !6, !7, !8, !9, @0, @1, @2, @3, @6, @9, #0, #1, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7

NCA

!9 is type L only.

r, !0, !5, !6, !7, !8, !9, @0, @1, @3, @4, @7, @8, @9, #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #9, $0 !7 is type L only, #1 is type B only, #9 and $0 are type F only.

20, 25, 32, 40, 50

r, !1, !7, @0, @1, @2, @3, #1, #5

#1 is rod side only.

63, 80, 100

r, !0, !5, !8, !9, @0, @1, @9, #3

@9 is rod side only.

20, 25, 32, 40, 50

r, !1, @0

63, 80, 100

r, !0, !8

20Data

10

How to Order

8
8

C95

Standard model no. Details on page 6-12-2

Specifications
XC6

Applicable cylinder

Parts changed to stainless steel


Specifications other than above
and external dimensions

Same as standard

Air cylinder/Standard

Series

C95

Action

Double acting/Single rod

Cushion

Piston rod, Rod end nut

Auto switch
Mounting

D-X

For parts number, refer to the construction of standard type.


Specifications and external dimensions other than above are the same as standard type.
Note) RBL (coolant resistant) type shock absorbers are used (-XC6A only).

Specifications

Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel

MB
MB1

Bore size(mm)

XC6

t Hexagon socket head plug

r Plate mounting bolt

Specifications and external dimensions other than


above are the same as standard type.

How to Order

Standard model no.

CJP

e Plate

Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel

CM2, CG1, MB, MB1, CA2, CS1,


CQS, CQ2, CV, CBA2

CJ1

y Snap ring

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


Air cushion
Available for mounting
Basic, Foot, Flange, Clevis, Trunnion

Note 1) In the case of CS1 cylinder, the piston rod is only made of
stainless steel. Rod end nut is not attached.
Note 2) In the case of CQ cylinder, its snap ring and piston rod are
made of stainless steel.
Rod end nut is also made of stainless steel for rod end male
thread type.

6-17-47

39

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC7: Tie-rod, Cushion Valve, Tie-rod Nut, etc.
Made of Stainless Steel
Symbol

15 Tie-rod, Cushion Valve, Tie-rod Nut, etc. Made of Stainless Steel

-XC7

When using in locations where the rust generation or corrosion likelihood exists, the standard parts material have been partly changed to the stainless
steel.

Applicable Series
Description

Series

MB1

Double acting, Double rod

Non-rotating rod type

MBK

Double acting, Single rod

Low friction type

MBQ

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

MBB

Double acting, Single rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

MB1K

Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

CA2W

Double acting, Double rod

CA2K

Double acting, Single rod

CA2KW

Double acting, Double rod

CBA2

Double acting, Single rod

CV3

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1

Double acting, Single rod

CV3K

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1K

Double acting, Single rod

Standard type

Standard type
Non-rotating rod type
Cylinder with end lock

CV

Vol. no. (for std model)

MBW

Non-rotating rod type

CA2

Action
Double acting, Single rod

Standard type
MB

Model
MB

Valve mounted cylinder

10

How to Order
Standard model no.

XC7

Tie-rod, Cushion valve, Tie-rod nut, etc. made of stainless steel

Specifications
Component parts changed to stainless steel

Tie-rod, Tie-rod nut, Mounting bracket nut, Spring washer, Cushion valve, Lock nut

Additional specifications

Same as standard type

Dimensions

Same as standard type

6-17-48

40

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC8: Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/
Adjustable Extension Type
Symbol

16 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type

-XC8

It adjusts the extending stroke by the stroke adjustable mechanism equipped in the head side. (After the stroke is adjusted, with cushion on both
sides is altered to single-sided, with cushion.)

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series

Model

Description

MTS

Air cylinder
Air cylinder
Non-rotating rod type
Direct mount type
Cylinder with end lock
Air cylinder
Non-rotating rod type
Direct mount type
Air cylinder
Non-rotating rod type
Air cylinder
Air cylinder
Non-rotating rod type
Cylinder with end lock
Air cylinder
Compact cylinder
Non-rotating rod
Compact cylinder
Non-rotating rod type
Air-hydro type
Precision cylinder

MGP

Compact guide cylinder

MGG
MGC

Guide cylinder

CJ2
CM2

CG1

MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CQS
CQ2

CJ2
CM2
CM2K
CM2R
CBM2
CG1
CG1K
CG1R
MB
MBK
MB1
CA2
CA2K
CBA2
CS1
CQS
CQSK
CQ2
CQ2K
CQ2H
MTS
MGP
MGPA
MGG
MGC

Note
Except with air cushion

Action
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting
High precision type
Standard type
Compact type

Vol. no. (for std model)


6

CJ2

CM2

Locking in head side only


Except with air cushion
Except with air cushion

CG1

MB

MB1
6

Locking in head side only

CA2

With rubber bumper, except with bracket


With rubber bumper, except with bracket
With rubber bumper, except with bracket
With rubber bumper, except with bracket

CS1

C76

C85

C95

8
8

CP95

How to Order
CJ2
CM2

Mounting style
Mounting style

Bore size
Bore size

CJP

Stroke

Stroke

XC8

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC8

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC8

Manual release type

XC8

Suffix

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC8

Suffix

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC8

Cushion

NCM
NCA
D-

CG1
CBM2
CBA2
MB
MB1
CA2

Mounting style

Type

Bore size

Stroke

-X
Mounting style

Bore size

Mounting style
Mounting style

Stroke adjustment symbol

Stroke

Bore size

Stroke

Bore size

Type

CS1 Mounting style Tubing material Type

Stroke
Bore size

Stroke

Suffix

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC8

CQ2B(H)

Bore size

Stroke

D(M)

XC8

CQS

Bore size

Stroke

D(M)

XC8

MGG Bearing type Mounting style

Bore size

Stroke

MGC Bearing type Mounting style

Bore size

Stroke

MGP

Bearing type

MTS

Bore size

Bore size
Stroke

Stroke

(R)

Stroke adjustment symbol


Stroke adjustment symbol

Equipped/Not equipped back plate

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC8
XC8
XC8
XC8

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extend type

6-17-49

20Data

41

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC8: Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/
Adjustable Extension Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type

Symbol

16 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type

-XC8
Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Specifications
Series

Stroke
Stroke adjustment range (mm)
adjustment symbol

CJ2

CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1

A
B

0 to 15

Series

Stroke
Stroke adjustment range (mm)
adjustment symbol

CQ2
CQS

0 to 10

MGG
MGC

0 to 25

0 to 50

0 to 10

0 to 25

0 to 50

Note) Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

MGP

0 to 10 (8)

CJP
Bore size (mm)
S + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

HA
37
37

10
16

HA + Stroke

S
49
50

ZZ
114
115

CJ2
CM2

0 to 25

MTS

CJ1

Series CJ2

0 to 25 (12 to 40)

CG1

Width across flats MA

Series CM2

MB
MB1
CA2

Warning

ML + Adjustment
Stroke
MH + Stroke + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

Precautions
1. When the cylinder is operating, if something
gets caught between the stopper bracket for
adjusting the stroke and the cylinder body, it
could injure personnel or damage the
peripheral equipment. Therefore, take
preventive measures as necessary, such as
installing a protective cover.

JIS Symbol
B

C76

Series CS1

Series CM2
Bore size (mm)

Series CJ2

2. To adjust the stroke, make sure to secure the


wrench flats of the stopper bracket before
loosening the nut. If the nut is loosened
without securing the stopper bracket, be
aware that the area that joins the load to the
piston rod or the area in which the piston rod
is joined with the load side and the stopper
bracket side could loosen first.

20
25
32
40

Series CG1
Stopper bracket
Stopper

Series CM2

Series CA2

Adjustable range

MA
12
17
17
22

MK
8
10
10
12

MI
15
20
20
25

MM
MT
M8 x 1.25 16.5
M10 x 1.25 17.5
M10 x 1.25 17.5
M14 x 1.5 21.5

MH
47
49
49
60

ML
18
18
18
22

ZZ
150
156
158
198

Bore size (mm) MA


14
20
25
17
32
17
40
24
50
32
63
32

Stroke ML + Adjustment
S + Stroke
MH + Stroke + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

MH
38
41
41
47
60
60

MI
16.2
19.7
19.7
27.8
37
37

ML
18
18
18
22
28
28

MT
9
11
11
11
11
13

S
77
77
79
87
102
102

ZZ
150
158
160
184
220
220

On the axial foot style, the installation bracket is wedged


and bolted between the cylinder and the scraper
hardware at the time of shipment. On other styles, it is
placed in the same package (not assembled).

Series CG1R
Width across
flats MA

Stroke ML + Adjustment
MH + Stroke + Adjustment
S + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

Bore size (mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

6-17-50

MA
14
17
17
24
32
32

MH
38
41
41
47
60
60

C85
C95
CP95
NCM

Series CG1

Width across
flats MA

Series CG1
(A)

CS1

MI
16.2
19.7
19.7
27.8
37
37

ML
18
18
18
22
28
28

MT
9
11
11
11
11
13

S
83
85
91
103
120
126

ZZ
148
158
164
189
225
231

6-17-51

NCA
D-X
20Data

42

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC8: Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/
Adjustable Extension Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type

Symbol

16 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type

-XC8

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Series MB

Series MB1

CJ1

Width across flats MA

MA

MK

MI

MH

ML

MM

ZZ

32
40
50
63
80
100

21

10

24

44

18

10

175

27

12

32

48

20

14

183

32

15

38

53

21

18

205

32

15

38

53

21

18

205

ML +
Stroke Adjustment
MH + Stroke + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

36

20

45

72

32

22

258

46

20

55

75

32

26

261

Width across flats MA

MM

Bore size (mm)

MA

MK

MI

MH

ML

MM

ZZ

32
40
50
63
80
100

21

10

24

44

18

10

175

27

12

32

48

20

14

183

32

15

38

53

21

18

205

32

15

38

53

21

18

205

36

20

45

72

32

22

258

46

20

55

75

32

26

261

M I

Bore size (mm)

MK
Stroke

4 ML + Adjustment

MH + Stroke + Adjustment

CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1

ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment range (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

MB
Series CA2
a
M14 x 1.5

Bore size (mm)

Stroke

40
50
63
80
100

c + Stroke

d + Stroke + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

M18 x 1.5
M22 x 1.5

ZZ

32

22

46

181

42

28

58.5

206.5

42

28

54

210

55

35

70

257

55

35

70

268

Bore size (mm)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Stroke
B + Stroke

MH + Stroke
A + 2 x (Stroke)

Series CS1

c + Stroke
h + Stroke + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

zz

125
140
160
180
200
250
300

M30 x 1.5

70

43

36

27

40

110

90 318

M30 x 1.5

70

43

36

27

40

110

90 318

M30 x 1.5

70

43

36

27

40

110

90 336

M42 x 1.5

80

50

45

37.5

45

132.5 115 378.5

Bore size (mm)

M42 x 1.5

80

50

50

37.5

45

132.5 115 378.5

M56 x 2

110

70

60

50

55

175

M56 x 2

110

70

12
16
20
25

MK ML G

MI

MH MT MA

57.7 (64.9) 30.2 (37.4) 3.5 24

11

25

7 19

14

7 19

14

58.5 (68.5)

31 (41)

3.5 24

11

28

67.5 (79.5)

34 (46)

4.5 29

17

36 10 22.5 20

71 (81)

37 (47)

29

17

40 10 22.5 20

78.5 (88.5) 36.5 (46.5) 7

35

24

38 14 26

27

35

24

46 14 26

27

100.5 (110.5) 48.5 (58.5) 8

44

30

57 16 30

35

46 (56)

88 (98)

Bore size (mm)

Series CBM2 (Only with head side locking)

MB1

( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.

Series CQ2, CQ2BH

Stopper

102 (112)

52 (62)

42

10

30

68 16 30

35

125 (135)

63 (73)

10

52

12

41

90 20 38

48

138.5 (148.5) 74.5 (84.5) 12

52

14

41 110 20 38

48

Available for
use stroke

5 to 30

CS1
5 to 50

10 to 50

140 476

140 496
55 175
50
70
With auto switch 180: 382.5, 200: 387.5
B + Stroke

Width across flats MA

ML

19

14

19

14

MT

MA

MK

3.5

11

56.5 (61.5)

22 (27)

3.5

11

67.5 (77.5)

26 (36)

4.5

17

10

22.5 20

71 (81)

29 (39)

17

10

22.5 20

Stroke

NCA

5 to 50

D-X
20-

Series MTS

Stroke
ML + Adjustment
MH + Stroke + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

MI

MT

MH

ML

ZZ

15

16.5

47

18

150

17

10

20

17.5

49

18

156

17

10

20

17.5

49

18

158

22

12

25

21.5

60

22

198
5.5

Series CBA2 (Only with head side locking)

Stroke

22.5

2.4

27 + Stroke

85.5+ 2 x Stroke

ZZ

40
50
63
80
100

32

22

46

181

28

60.5

208.5

28

54

210

35

70

257

35

70

268

42
52

Cap
(End lock style only)

GF
Width across flats GE

B + Stroke
A + 2 x Stroke

GB
GA
LC+ Stroke

GD

Bore size
(mm)

LC

DA

12
16
20
25
32
40

145
149.5
175
187
222.5
240

80.5
83
106.5
114.5
142.5
155

49.5
50.5
50.5
51.5
56
59

6
8
10
12
16
20

13.5
15.5
19.5
21.5
27.5
32.5

GB

GC

GD

GE

42.5 6
42.5 7
42.5 8.5
42.5 9
45 10.5
45 11.5

11
13
17
19
24
27

4
5
5
6
8
11

8 M5 x 0.8
10 M6 x 1.0
13 M8 x 1.25
17 M10 x 1.25
22 M14 x 1.5
27 M18 x 1.5

GA

GF

With End Lock


Bore size (mm)

Width across flats GC


G

Bore size (mm)

DA

12 to 40

6-17-52

Basic Style

5
46.5 + Stroke

Stroke c + Stroke
d + Stroke + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

Data

Width across flats 5.5 M3 x 0.5


Width across flats 8

10

20
25
32
40

MK

12

Bore size (mm) MA

NCM

5 to 30

Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.


Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.

Stroke
A + 2 (Stroke)

C95
CP95

Note) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.

B
22 (27)

C76
C85

Series CQS
A
56.1 (61.1)

CA2

12
16
20
25
32
40

A
163
165.5
191.5
201.5
238.5
258.5

B
98.5
99
123
129
158.5
173.5

6-17-53

43

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC8: Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/
Adjustable Extension Type
Symbol

16 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type

-XC8

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Series MGG

MGG, MGC Common

Front mounting flange

Width across flats MA


MM

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

12
12
12
13
14
14

86
86
88
99
114
117

(MI)

MD

20 to 50

R
Stroke

MT
Y + Stroke
ZZ + 2 strokes

ML

MA MD
14
17
17
24
32
32

8
10
12
16
20
20

MI

MM

MT

16.2 M8 x 1.25
19.7 M10 x 1.25
19.7 M10 x 1.25
27.8 M14 x 1.5
37
M18 x 1.5
37
M18 x 1.5

9
11
11
11
11
13

Series MGG only

MH + Stroke

Bore size Adjustment 0 to 25 mm Adjustment 0 to 50 mm


(mm)
MH ML
ZZ
MH ML
ZZ

Front mounting flange

63

20
25
32
40
50
63

(MI)

MD

Width across flats MA


MM

R
Stroke

MT

63
66
66
72
85
85

43
43
43
47
53
53

179
189
191
215
254
256

88
91
91
97
110
110

68
68
68
72
78
78

204
214
216
240
279
281

Series MGG only

ML

MH + Stroke

Y + Stroke
ZZ + 2 strokes

Series MGC
20 to 50

(MI)

Front mounting flange

View A-A

R
MT

Y + Stroke
ZZ + 2 stroke

A Port

10

B Port

B Port

A Port

10

MD

Width across flats MA


MM

Stroke
ML
MH + Stroke

Series MGP
MB

MA

MC (Width
across flats)
MD

MT

Stroke

MP
ML+ Adjustment
MH + Stroke + Adjustment
(A: 10 mm, B: 25 mm)

6-17-54

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

MA

MB

MC

MD

MH

ML

MP

MT

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

28
29
34
40
52
60
68
84
114
140

16
19
30
30
38
38
50
50
50
65

14
14
22
22
27
27
36
36
46
46

M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M14 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5
M18 x 1.5
M18 x 1.5
M22 x 1.5
M22 x 1.5

22
22
30
30
37
37
47
47
58
62

9
9
12.5
12.5
16
16
20
20
28
28

3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4

5
5
8
8
8
8
9
9
12
16

44

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC9: Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/
Adjustable Retraction Type
Symbol

17 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Retraction Type

-XC9

The retract stroke of the cylinder can be adjusted by the adjusting bolt.

Applicable Series
Description
CJ2 Air cylinder
Air cylinder
CM2 Non-rotating rod
Direct mount type
Non-rotating rod/Direct mount type
Air cylinder
CG1 Non-rotating rod
Direct mount type
Air cylinder
Low friction
MB
Non-rotating rod
MB1 Air cylinder
Air cylinder
CA2
Non-rotating rod
CS1 Air cylinder
CQS Compact cylinder
Compact cylinder
CQ2
Non-rotating rod

Series

MGP Compact guide cylinder


MGG
Guide cylinder
MGC

CJ1
Model

Action

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

CJ2
CM2
CM2K
CM2R
CM2RK
CG1
CG1K
CG1R
MB
MBQ
MBK
MB1
CA2
CA2K
CS1
CQS
CQ2
CQ2K
MGP
MGPA
MGG
MGC

Double acting, Single rod


Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Single rod
Double acting
High precision type
Standard type
Compact type

Except with air cushion

CJP

CJ2
CM2

Except with air cushion


Except with air cushion

CG1

MB

MB1

CA2

Except with rubber bumper and with bracket


Except with rubber bumper and with bracket
Except with rubber bumper and with bracket

CS1

C76

8
8

C85

C95
CP95

How to Order
CJ2

Mounting style

CM2

Mounting style

CM2R

Mounting style

Bore size

CG1

Mounting style

Type

MB
MB1

Mounting style

CA2
CS2

Mounting style

XC9

NCM

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC9

NCA

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC9

D-

Stroke

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC9

-X

Stroke

Suffix

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC9

20-

Stroke

Suffix

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC9

Bore size
Bore size

Stroke

Bore size

Bore size

Mounting style Tubing material Type

Cushion

Stroke

Bore size
Type

Stroke

Bore size

Stroke

Suffix

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC9

CQ2B

Bore size

Stroke

D(M)

XC9

CQS

Bore size

Stroke

D(M)

XC9

MGG Bearing type Mounting style

Bore size

Stroke

MGC

Bore size

Stroke

MGP

Bearing type Mounting style


Bearing type

Bore size

Stroke

Stroke adjustment symbol


Stroke adjustment symbol

Equipped/Not equipped back plate

Stroke adjustment symbol

XC9
XC9
XC9

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retract type

(After adjusting stroke, both-side cushion style is changed into single side cushion style. CQ2 is without cushion.)

6-17-55

Data

45

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC9: Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/
Adjustable Retraction Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Adjustable Stroke/Adjustable Retraction Type

Symbol

17 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Retraction Type

-XC9
Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Specifications
Series

Stroke
Stroke adjustment range (mm)
adjustment symbol

CJ2

CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1

A
B

Series

0 to 15

Stroke
Stroke adjustment range (mm)
adjustment symbol

CQ2
CQS

MGG
MGC

0 to 25

0 to 50
MGP

Note) Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

CJ1

BM (Adjusting bolt)

Series CJ2

0 to 10

Bore size (mm)

BM

ZZ

M5 x 0.8

74

0 to 25

10
16

M5 x 0.8

75

0 to 50

0 to 10

0 to 25

CJ2

ZZ + Stroke

CM2
CG1

Series CM2

BM (Adjusting bolt)

Bore size (mm)

BM

MH

ZZ

20
25
32
40

M10 x 1.25

26.5

142.5

M14 x 1.5

29

149

M14 x 1.5

29

151

M16 x 1.5

32

186

Caution
Precautions
1. When air is supplied to the cylinder, if the
stroke adjusting bolt is loosened in excess of
the allowable stroke adjustment amount, be
aware that the stroke adjusting bolt could fly
out or air could be discharged, which could
injure personnel or damage the peripheral
equipment.

CJP

2. Adjust the stroke when the cylinder is not


pressurized.
If it is adjusted in the pressurized state, the
seal of he adjustment section could become
deformed, leading to air leakage.

MH + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

CA2

C76
Bore size
(mm)

JIS Symbol
(B)
MH + Adjustment

Series CS1
Series CJ2

ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

20
25
32
40

MF

MH

NN

ZZ

M10 x 12.5

13

26.5

M20 x 1.5 142.5

M14 x 1.5

13

29

M26 x 1.5 149

M14 x 1.5

13

29

M26 x 1.5 151

M16 x 1.5

16

32

M32 x 2

186

Series CG1

MH + Adjustment

ZZ + Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

BM

MH

ZZ

MH

ZZ

M6 x 1

77

23

135

21

133

M6 x 1

77

23

140

21

138

M8 x 1.25

79

25

144

25

144

87
M12 x 1.75 102
M16 x 2
102

40

177

39

176

33

193

37

197

40

200

44

204

M12 x 1.75

MB, MB1 Common


MH + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

Series MB1

MM

C95
CP95

Rubber bumper Air cushion

In the case of axial foot style, the cushion is shipped after


mounting. On other styles, it is placed in the same
package (not assembled).
Specifications other than above are the same as Series
CG1, long stroke type.

Series MB

C85

NCM
Bore size
(mm)

Series CA2

BM

BM

Series CG1

Adjustable range

Bore size (mm)

MH

MF

MM

ZZ

32
40
50
63
80
100

41.5

9.5

M12 x 1.25

172

41.5

9.5

M12 x 1.25

176

52.5

11.5

M20 x 1.5

204

52.5

11.5

M20 x 1.5

204

62.5

15.5

M24 x 1.5

248

62.5

15.5

M24 x 1.5

248

MF
MH + Adjustment
ZZ + Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

6-17-56

MB1

CS1
Series CM2R

Series CM2

MB

6-17-57

NCA
D-X
20Data

46

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC9: Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/
Adjustable Retraction Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Adjustable Stroke/Adjustable Retraction Type

Symbol

17 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Retraction Type

-XC9

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Series CA2

Series MGG
20 to 50

Bore size
(mm)

(Adjusting bolt)

BM

40
50
63
80
100

d + Adjustment
ZZ + 2 x Stroke + Adjustment (A: 25 mm, B: 50 mm)

ZZ

M16 x 1.5

43

178

M16 x 1.5

11

44

192

M20 x 1.5

11

48

204

M24 x 1.5

15

59

246

M24 x 1.5

15

57

255

CJ1
Front mounting flange

CJP
MGG, MGC Common

R
MH

Y + Stroke
b

ZZ

125
140
160

19

66

274

19

66

274

22

62

288

BM

Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment


0 to 25 mm 0 to 50 mm 0 to 25 mm 0 to 50 mm

ZZ + Stroke

63

20
25
32
40
50
63

12

86

M6 x 1

48 164 73 189 46 162 71 187

12

86

M6 x 1

48 171 73 196 46 169 71 194

12

88 M8 x 1.25 50 175 75 200 50 175 75 200

13

99 M12 x 1.75 65 208 90 233 64 207 89 232

14 114 M12 x 1.75 58 227 83 252 62 231 87 256


14 117 M16 x 2

65 236 90 261

CG1
MB
MB1

CA2

Front mounting flange

CS1
C76

d + Adjustment
ZZ + Stroke + Adjustment

BM

C85

Series CQ2

B + Stroke
A + Stroke

Series CQS
12, 16

Bore size (mm)

BL

BM

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

52 (59.2)

25.2 (32.4)

3.5

23.3

M5 x 0.8

53 (63)

26 (36)

3.5

23.5

M6 x 1

61 (73)

26 (38)

4.5

30.5

M8 x 1.25

63.5 (73.5)

29 (39)

29.5

M8 x 1.25

65.5 (75.5)

30.5 (40.5)

28

M8 x 1.25

84 (94)

40 (50)

37

M12 x 1.5

84.5 (94.5)

40.5 (50.5)

36

M12 x 1.5

88.5 (98.5)

42 (52)

38.5

M16 x 1.5

109.5 (119.5)

51 (61)

10

48.5

M20 x 1.5

52.5
12
60.5 (70.5)
125 (135)
Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.
Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.

M24 x 1.5

C95

Manufacturable
stroke

R
MH

Y + Stroke

5 to 30

CP95

ZZ + Stroke
5 to 50

NCM

Series MGC

NCA

20 to 50

D-

10 to 50

-X
20Data

Front mounting flange


Y + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke

B + Stroke
A + Stroke

Bore size
(mm)

BL

BM

50.5 (54.5)

22 (27)

3.5

25 (29)

M5 x 0.8

51 (56)

22 (27)

3.5

25.5

M6 x 1

61 (71)

26 (36)

4.5

30.5

M8 x 1.25

63.5 (73.5)
29 (39)
5
29.5
Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.
Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.

M8 x 1.25

12
16
20
25

Manufacturable
stroke

Series MGP
MB (Width across flats)

5 to 30

BM (Adjusting bolt)

5 to 50

MC

20, 25

MA

B + Stroke

MH + Adjustment (A: 10 mm, B: 25 mm)

MGPM, MGPL
Common Dimensions
Bore size
(mm)

BM

MA

MB

MC

MH

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M12 x 1.5
M12 x 1.5
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M24 x 1.5

5
5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9
9
10
15
18

8
10
13
13
19
27
30
36
41
46

12.5
14
17.5
17.5
21
30
34
40
46
52

19
19
27
26.5
26.5
33
32.5
37
53.5
57.5

A + Stroke

6-17-58

CM2

MH ZZ MH ZZ MH ZZ MH ZZ

Series CS1
Bore size (mm)

Bore size
(mm)

CJ2

MGC

MGG

BM

6-17-59

47

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC10: Dual Stroke Cylinder/
Double Rod Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Dual Stroke Cylinder/Double Rod Type

Symbol

18 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Double Rod Type

-XC10

Two cylinders are constructed as one cylinder in a back-to-back configuration allowing the cylinder stroke to be controlled in three steps.

Specifications

Applicable Series
Series

Description

CJ2
CM2

CG1

MB

MB1
CA2
CS1

Model

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

Note

Air cylinder

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Air cylinder

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Non-rotating rod type

CM2K

Double acting, Double rod

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod type

CG1K

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

MB

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod type

MBK

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

MBB

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod type

MB1K

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

CBA2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

Series

Bore size (mm)

Maximum manufacturable stroke (mm)

Series

Bore size (mm)

CJ2

10, 16

300 (Maximum 150 on one side)

CA2, CBA2

40 to 100

1000

CM2

20 to 40

1000

125, 140

1000

20

250

160 to 300

1200

25

400

32

450

40

800

50, 63

1200

32

600

40

700

50 to 100

900

6
6

CG1

Except with air cushion


6

Except with air cushion

MB
MB1

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

Except with bracket

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with bracket

Mounting style

MB
MB1

Mounting style

CA2

(A)

50 to 100

200 (Single side, max. 100)

Stroke A

Bore size
Stroke A

Suffix

Stroke A

Bore size

Stroke B

Stroke B
+

XC10

Suffix

Stroke B

CG1
MB
MB1

When air pressure is supplied to ports (A)


and (B), both A and B strokes extend.

C76

(C)

(D) (C)

C85

When air pressure is supplied to ports (B)


and (C), A out strokes.
(A)

When air pressure is supplied to ports (A)


and (D), B out strokes.

C95

When air pressure is supplied to ports (C)


and (D), both strokes A and B out strokes.

CP95

XC10

NCM

XC10

NCA
Series CJ2

Stroke A

Bore size

Suffix

Stroke B

Suffix

CM2

B stroke A stroke

(D)

Type

200 (Single side, max. 100)

CJ2

CS1

(B)

How to Order

CG1

32, 40

Function

(B)

Bore size

100 (Single side, max. 50)

JIS Symbol

Compact cylinder

Mounting style

60 (Single side, max. 30)

20, 25

CA2

Compact cylinder

CM2

CQ2

12, 16

Note) Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

CQ2

Mounting style

CQS
CQ2

CJ1
CJP

CQS

CJ2

CS1

Maximum manufacturable stroke (mm)

D-

XC10

-X
Mounting style

Type

Stroke A

Bore size

Suffix

Stroke B

Suffix

XC10

Series CS1

20-

Series CM2

CS1

Mounting style Tubing material Type

CBA2 Mounting style Type


Stroke B

Suffix

Bore size

Bore size
Stroke A

Stroke A
Suffix

Suffix +

Stroke B

Suffix

XC10

Data

Symbol of lock Manual release type +

XC10

Lock position Symbol of manual release

Series CG1

CQ2B
CQSB

Bore size
Bore size

Stroke S1
Stroke S1

+
+

Stroke S2

D(C)(M)

XC10

Stroke S2

D(C)(M)
S(M)
T(M)

XC10

Series CA2

Dual stroke cylinder

6-17-60

6-17-61

48

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC10: Dual Stroke Cylinder/
Double Rod Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Dual Stroke Cylinder/Double Rod Type

Symbol

18 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Double Rod Type

-XC10

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
B port

Series CJ2

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

D port

C port

A port

CJ1

Series CA2
D port

B port

S + Stroke B

C port

CJP

A port

CJ2

S + Stroke A
Z + Stroke (A + B)

NB

10

21

36.5

150

16

21

37.5

152

B port

CM2

C port

D port

Bore size (mm)

Stroke B

A port

Stroke A

CG1

Series CM2

Stroke A

MB

Stroke B

S + Stroke (A + B)

MB1

ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

SB + Stroke B
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

Bore size (mm)

GC

GD

SA

SB

ZZ

20

24

47

78

207

25

24

47

78

215

32

24

49

80

219

40

10.5

33.5

66.5 110.5 277

SA + Stroke A

CA2
WC
GC
GD

D port
Needle position
for D port

W W

C Port

B port

C Port

A port

Needle position
for C port

Series CG1
With air cushion
WC WD

D port

WD

SB + Stroke B
SA + Stroke A
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

Bore size (mm)

GC

ZZ

40

29

167

269

50

33

179

295

63

33

195

311

80

41

231

373

100

41

251

395

CS1
C76
C85
C95
Stroke B

Series CS1

Stroke A

B port

D port

C port

NCM
ZZ

Bore size (mm)

GC

GD

SA

SB

20

21

35

56

86

30

25

212

25

21

40

56

86

30

25

222

32

23

40

58

90

30

27

228

40

24

50

66

98

20

27

264

50

28

12

58

76

116

20

32

308

63

28

12

58

76

116

20

32

308

Bore size (mm)

Series MB

MB, MB1 Common

NCA

Without auto switch With auto switch


S

ZZ

ZZ

125

196

416

196

416

140

196

416

196

416

160

212

452

212

452

180

222

492

230

500

200

222

492

240

510

250

282

602

300

292

642

D-X
S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

20Data

Series CBA2

Bore size (mm)

GC

ZZ

32

36

178

272

40

38

178

280

50

41

198

314

63

43

198

314

80

52

242

386

Bore size (mm)

GC

ZZ

100

52

242

386

40

42

12

66

180

282

50

48

14

74

194

310

63

48

14

76

210

326

S + Stroke (A + B)

80

58

16

90

248

390

ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

100

60

18

98

270

414

B port
Stroke B

D port

C port

A port

Stroke A
S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

GC

Series MB1
Stroke B
S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

6-17-62

CP95

A port

Stroke B

Stroke A

Stroke A

The above diagram shows head side lock type and manual releasing non-locking type.
Dimensions of rod side locking type, both-side lock style and manual releasing lock type are the
same as dimensions in the above table.

6-17-63

49

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC10: Dual Stroke Cylinder/
Double Rod Type
Symbol

18 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Double Rod Type

-XC10

Construction/Dimensions (Other dimensions are the same as standard.)


Series CQ2

Stroke S2
Part no.
denotation B

Stroke S2
Stroke S1
Part no.
Part no.
denotation B denotation A

B + Stroke S2

B + Stroke S1

B + Stroke S2

A + Stroke (S1 + S2)

50 or less

12

41 (63)

17 (28)

3.5

16

44 (68)

18.5 (30.5)

3.5

20

48 (72)

19.5 (31.5)

4.5

25

55 (75)

22.5 (32.5)

32

60 (80)

80 (80)

23 (33)

33 (33)

40

73 (93)

93 (93)

29.5 (39.5) 39.5 (39.5)

30.5 (40.5) 40.5 (40.5)

75, 100

st

50

77 (97)

97 (97)

63

88 (108)

108 (108)

80

107 (127)

127 (127)

st

50 or less

36 (46)

75, 100

st

46 (46)

43.5 (53.5) 53.5 (53.5)

100
130 (150) 150 (150)
53 (63)
63 (63)
Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.
Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.

Series CQS

8
10

Note) In the case of bore sizes 12 to 25 with


auto switch, port directions are different.

Stroke
Both of S1, S2
5 to 30
5 to 50
5 to 100

10 to 100

12

Stroke S2
Part no. denotation B

B + Stroke S2

Stroke S1
Part no. denotation A

B + Stroke S1

A + Stroke (S1 + S2)

Bore size
(mm)

12

41 (51)

17 (22)

3.5

16

41 (51)

17 (22)

3.5

Stroke
Both of S1, S2
5 to 30

19.5 (29.5)
4.5
48 (68)
5 to 50
22.5 (32.5)
5
55 (75)
25
Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.
Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.
20

6-17-64

B + Stroke S1

A + Stroke (S1 + S2)

Bore size
(mm)

st

Stroke S1
Part no.
denotation A

50

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC11: Dual Stroke Cylinder/
Single Rod Type
Symbol

19 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type

-XC11

Two cylinders can be integrated by connecting them in line, and the cylinder stroke can be controlled in two stages in both directions.
Do not operate Series CS1 at twice the output.

CJ1
CJP

Applicable Series
Series
CJ2

CM2

Action

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

Air cylinder

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Air cylinder

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod

CM2K

Double acting, Double rod

Direct mount

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

Description

Model

CM2
6

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type CM2RK Double acting, Single rod
CG1

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

CJ2

CG1

Except with air cushion

MB
6

Non-rotating rod

CG1K

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Air cylinder

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MB1

Air cylinder

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Air cylinder

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod

CA2K

Double acting, Single rod

CS1

Cylinder with end lock

CBA2

Double acting, Single rod

CS1

Air cylinder

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

C76

CQS

Compact cylinder

CQS

Double acting, Single rod

Except with bracket

CQ2

Compact cylinder

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with bracket

CNA

Cylinder with lock

CNA

Double acting, Single rod

MGG

Standard type

MGC

Compact type

CA2

MGG
MGC

Guide cylinder

Except with air cushion

MB1

End lock in stroke B side only

C85
C95
CP95
NCM
NCA

How to Order
CJ2 Mounting style
CM2

Bore size

CG1 Mounting style Type


MB
MB1 Mounting style

Bore size

Bore size

CNA Mounting style Type


CA2

CBA2 Mounting style Type


Bore size

Bore size
Stroke S1

Stroke B-A

Stroke A
Stroke A

Bore size

CS1 Mounting style Tubing material

CQ2B
CQSB

Stroke A

Stroke B-A

Suffix

Stroke A

Bore size
Stroke A

Stroke A

Stroke S2-S1

Suffix

D(C)(M)

Suffix

Stroke B-A

Stroke B-A Suffix

20-

XC11

Suffix

Stroke B-A

-X

XC11

Suffix

Stroke B-A
Suffix

Suffix

D-

XC11

Data

XC11
Suffix

XC11

Lock position Manual release type

XC11

XC11

MGG Bearing type Mounting style

Bore size

Stroke A

Stroke B-A

XC11

MGC Bearing type Mounting style

Bore size

Stroke A

Stroke B-A

Equipped/Not
equipped back plate

XC11

Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod

6-17-65

51

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC11: Dual Stroke Cylinder/
Single Rod Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type

Symbol

19 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type

-XC11

Specifications: Same as standard type. (Please contact SMC for each manufacturable stroke length.)

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

CJ1

Series CJ2
C port

B port

JIS Symbol

CJP

A port

Function

Bore size
(mm)
10

(B)
When air pressure is supplied
to the port (B), both A and B
stokes extend.

SB + Stroke B
Z + Stroke (A + B)

B stroke A stroke
When air pressure is supplied
to the port (A), the rod comes
out by the A stroke length.

(A)

SA + Stroke A

16

(C)

Series CJ2

31

53.5

112.5

31.5

54.5

114

A port

Stroke B

Series CM2

SA + Stroke A

SB + Stroke B
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

Bore size
(mm)
20

SA

SB

ZZ

48

62

164

25

48

62

168

32

50

64

172

40

67.5

88.5

222

CA2
CS1
C76
C85

Series CG1

Precautions

CM2

MB1

Stroke A

When air pressure is supplied


to the both ports (A) and (C),
the rod out by the A stroke
length.

Caution

CJ2

MB

Series CM2
B port

When air pressure is supplied


to the port (C), the rod comes
out by the B stroke length.
(A)

SB

CG1
C port

(C)

SA

C95

Series CM2R

CP95

1. Do not supply air until the cylinder is fixed with


the attached bolt.
2. If air is supplied without securing the cylinder,
the cylinder could lurch, posing the risk of
injury to personnel or damage to the
peripheral equipment.
SB + Stroke B
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

SA + Stroke A

Bore size
(mm)
20

SA

SB

ZZ

48

76

151

25

48

76

155

32

50

78

159

40

67.5

104.5

206

NCM
NCA
D-X

Series CG1
GC
GD (1)
C Port
W
Needle
position for
D port

D port

B port

C Port

SB + Stroke B
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

20-

D Port (Element installation)


A port
WD

Data

SA + Stroke A

Note) D port type N: Rubber bumper element installation, type A: Air cushion piping connection
Bore size
(mm)

GC

GD

SA

SB

ZZ

20

21

35

48

87

30

Bore size (mm) Stroke range


Up to 200 mm
20

25

21

40

48

87

32

23

40

50

Up to 300 mm

40

24

50

50

28

12

63

28

12

A Stroke Range

25, 32

6-17-66

Air cushion

Long stroke

WD

SA

ZZ

172

30

177

91

30

183

57

99

20

208

66

217

58

64

117

20

241

76

253

58

64

117

20

241

76

253

6-17-67

52

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC11: Dual Stroke Cylinder/
Single Rod Type

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type

Symbol

19 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type

-XC11

Construction/Dimensions

Construction/Dimensions

Series CA2
B port

C port

A port
Bore size
(mm)

Stroke A

Stroke B

CJ1

Series CQ2

Atmospheric
release port

S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

GC

Bore size
(mm)

ZZ

12

C port

B port
Stroke B

Atmospheric
release port
Stroke A

S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

Series CBA2
B port C port

A port
Atmospheric
release port

Stroke B

Stroke A
S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

45.7 (63.9)

17 (28)

25.2 (32.4)

3.5

48 (70)

18.5 (30.5)

26 (36)

3.5

40

29

168

230

50

33

180

249

20

50 (74)

19.5 (31.5)

26 (38)

4.5

56.5 (76.5)

22.5 (32.5)

29 (39)

63

33

196

268

25

80

41

232

320

32

60.5 (80.5)

23 (33)

30.5 (40.5)

100

41

252

341

40

76.5 (96.5)

29.5 (39.5)

40 (50)

50

79 (99)

30.5 (40.5)

40.5 (50.5)

63

86 (106)

36 (46)

42 (52)

51 (61)

10

B1 + Stroke S1

Bore size Without auto switch With auto switch


(mm)
ZZ
S
ZZ
S
125
334
197
334
197
140
334
197
334
197
160

213

363.5

213

363.5

180

223

393

231

401

200

223

393

241

411

250

283

484.5

300

293

519.5

80
100

A + Stroke (S1 + S2)

A port

B2

16

B2 + Stroke S2

Series CS1

B1

104.5 (124.5) 43.5 (53.5)


125.5 (145.5)

53 (63)

Stroke
Both of S1, S2

CJP

5 to 30

CJ2
CM2

5 to 50

CG1
MB
10 to 50

MB1

60.5 (70.5) 12

Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.


Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.
Note 3) Please contact SMC for long stroke type.

Series CQS

Bore size
(mm)

B1

B2

12

42.5 (52.5)

17 (22)

22 (27)

3.5

16

42.5 (52.5)

17 (22)

22 (27)

3.5

50 (70)

19.5 (29.5)

26 (36)

4.5

56.5 (76.5) 22.5 (32.5)

29 (39)

20
25

CA2
CS1

Stroke
Both of S1, S2
5 to 30

C85

5 to 50

C95

Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.


Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.
Note 3) Please contact SMC for long stroke type.

Bore size
(mm)

ZZ

40

53

168

230

50

59

180

249

63

61

196

268

80

73

232

320

B2 + Stroke S2

NCM

D-X

Series MB

Atmospheric
release port

Stroke B
S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

Stroke A

20-

MB, MB1 Common


Bore size
(mm)

GC

ZZ

32

36

179

230

40

38

179

234

50

41

199

261

63

43

199

261

80

52

243

319

100

52

243

319

Data

Series MB1
GC

Atmospheric release port

Stroke A

Stroke B
S + Stroke (A + B)
ZZ + Stroke (A + B)

6-17-68

CP95

NCA

B1 + Stroke S1

A + Stroke (S1 + S2)

100

341
252
79
The above diagram shows head side
lock type and manual releasing nonlock type.
Dimensions of rod side locking type,
both-side lock style and manual
releasing lock type are the same as
dimensions in the above table.

C76

6-17-69

53

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC11: Dual Stroke Cylinder/
Single Rod Type
Symbol

19 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type

-XC11

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Series MGG
20 to 50

SZ + Stroke B
Front mounting flange
Bore size
(mm)

C port

B port

A port

Bracket mounting stroke


Stroke A +
Stroke B

GC SA SB SZ ZZ

Stroke A
availability

20

21

50

25

21

50

96 127 176 35 st or more Up to 200


96 138 183 60 st or more

32

23

40

24

50

28

52 100 164 189 80 st or more


59 111 194 214 125 st or more Up to 300
66 129 230 250 160 st or more

63

28

66 132 254 252 210 st or more

GC
SB + Stroke B
SA + Stroke A
ZZ + Stroke A + Stroke B

63

SZ + Stroke B
Front mounting flange

ort
Cp

A
20

B port
C port

A, B port

A port

A
View A-A
GC
SB + Stroke B
SA + Stroke A
ZZ + Stroke A + Stroke B

Series MGC
20 to 50

C port

SZ + Stroke B

A port

C port

B port

A, B port
D port

D port

View A-A
GD

Front mounting flange


GD
SB + Stroke B
ZZ + Stroke A + Stroke B

SA + Stroke A

With R Without R
Bore size GC GD SA SB W1 W2
(mm)

6-17-70

SZ

20

21

50

96 30 30

110

25

21

50

96 30 30

116

32

23

52 100 25 30

124

40

24

59 111 20 20

50

28

12

66 129 20 20

ZZ
89 176
94 183

99 189
144 112 214
186 147 250

Bracket mounting
stroke
Stroke A +
Stroke B

35 st or more

Stroke A
availability
Up to 200

60 st or more
80 st or more
125 st or more
160 st or more

Up to 300

54

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC12: Tandem Cylinder
Symbol

20 Tandem Cylinder

-XC12

This is a cylinder produced with two air cylinders in line allowing double the output force.

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series

Action

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

Air cylinder

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Description

CM2
CG1

Model

CJ2

Except with air cushion

Non-rotating rod type

CG1K

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Air cylinder

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MB1

Air cylinder

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Air cylinder

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

CJP

CM2
CG1
MB

How to Order

MB1

XC12

Standard model no.

CA2
Tandem cylinder

CS1

JIS Symbol

C76

Series CG1

(B)

(D)

(C)

When air pressure is supplied to ports (B) and (D),


the output force is doubled in the extend stroke.

C85

When air pressure is supplied to ports (A) and (C),


the output force is doubled in the out stroke.

C95

(A)

CP95
NCM
Specifications: Same as standard type.

NCA
D-X
20Data

6-17-71

55

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC12: Tandem Cylinder
Symbol

20 Tandem Cylinder

-XC12

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Series CM2
B port

A port

C port

Stroke

Bore size
(mm)

SB + Stroke

SA + Stroke

SA

SB

ZZ

20

48

62

164

25

48

62

168

32

50

64

172

40

67.5

88.5

222

ZZ + 2 x Stroke
D port

Series CG1

GC
GD

C Port

D port

B port

C Port

D port

SA + Stroke

SB + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

Series CA2

A port

Bore size
GC
(mm)

GD

SA

SB

ZZ

20

21

35

48

87

30

172

25

21

40

48

87

30

177

32

23

40

50

91

30

183

40

24

50

57

99

20

208

50

28

12

58

64

117

20

241

63

28

12

58

64

117

20

241

Please contact SMC for long stroke (301 mm or


more) since SA-dimensions and ZZ-dimensions
are different from those in the above table.

S + 2 x Stroke

ZZ + 2 x Stroke

Bore size
(mm)

GC

ZZ

40

29

169

231

50

33

181

250

63

33

197

269

80

41

233

321

100

41

253

342

Series MB

MB, MB1 Common


S + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

Series MB1

GC

ZZ + (2 x Stroke)
S + (2 x Stroke)

Stroke range is shown as the addition of stroke length on both sides.


External dimensions other than above are the same as standard type of each product series.

6-17-72

Bore size
(mm)

GC

ZZ

32

36

180

231

40

38

180

235

50

41

200

262

63

43

200

262

80

52

244

320

100

52

244

320

56

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC13: Auto Switch Rail Mounting Style
Symbol

20 Auto Switch Rail Mounting Style

-XC13

A cylinder on which a rail is mounted to enable auto switches, in addition to the standard method for mounting auto switches (Band mounting style).

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series

Description
Air cylinder

CM2

Non-rotating rod type


Direct mount type

Model
CM2

Double acting, Single rod

CM2W

Double acting, Double rod

CM2K

Double acting, Single rod

MGG

Note

CM2R

Vol. no. (for std model)

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

CBM2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Double rod type

CG1W

Double acting, Double rod

Non-rotating rod type

CG1K

Double acting, Single rod

Direct mount type

CG1R

Double acting, Single rod

MGG

Standard type

MGC

Compact type

Guide cylinder

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

MGC

CJP
CJ2

CM2KW Double acting, Double rod

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type CM2RK

CG1

Action

MB
MB1

Except with air cushion

CA2
CS1
C76

How to Order
CDM2

Standard model no.

XC13A

CDG1

Standard model no.

XC13A

C85
C95
CP95

CDM2

Rail mounting direction


Mounted on the right side when viewed from the rod
XC13A
with the ports facing upwards.
XC13B Mounted on the left side when viewed from the rod.
XC13C Mounted on the underside when viewed from the rod.
Not available for CDG1.

NCM

CDG1

NCA
D-X

Specifications
Rail mounting
style

Reed switch

D-A7/A8, D-A7H/A80H, D-A73C/A80C, D-A79W

Solid state
switch

D-F7, D-F7V, D-F7BA, D-F79F, D-F79W,


D-F7WV, D-J79, D-J79C, D-J79W

Additional specifications
Auto switch specifications

20Data

Same as standard type


For detailed specifications about an auto switch for itself, refer to page 6-16-1.

Trunnion style of the Series CDG1 cannot be mounted.

6-17-73

57

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Auto Switch Rail Mounting Style

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC13: Auto Switch Rail Mounting Style

Symbol

21 Auto Switch Rail Mounting Style

-XC13
How to Order

Dimensions
Series CDM2

MGG
MGC

Series CDG1

XC13

Standard model no.

CJ1

Auto switch rail mounting style

Auto switch

CJP
CJ2

Dimensions

Hs

Hs

20 to 50

Reinforcing bracket
Mounted in case of 301 mm
or longer strokes.

Front mounting flange

Series CDG1R

Width across
flats HT
Bore size
(mm)

Auto switch

HS

View C-C
Hs

HU
D

Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)


and Its Mounting Height
Bore
Cylinder size
series (mm)

CDM2

CDG1
CDG1R

D-A7H/A80H
D-A73C/A80C/F7
D-J79/F7V/F79W/F7WV,
D-J79C/F7BA/F7PW,
D-J79W

D-A7/A8

Hs

Hs

Hs

20

7.5

6.5

12

11

22.5

23.5

29.5

26

29

25

25

7.5

6.5

12

11

25.5

26.5

32.5

29

32

28

Hs

Hs

32

8.5

7.5

13

12

29

30

36

32.5

35.5

31.5

40

13.5

12.5

14

13

11

10

18

17

33

34

40

36.5

39.5

35.5

20

30.5 [9.5]

21 (29)

31 [10]

21.5 (29.5)

28 [7]

18.5 (26.5)

35 [14]

25.5 (33.5)

25.5

26.5

32.5

29

32

28

25

30.5 [9.5]

21 (29)

31 [10]

21.5 (29.5)

28 [7]

18.5 (26.5)

35 [14]

25.5 (33.5)

28

29

35

31.5

34.5

30.5

32

31.5 [10.5]

22 (30)

32 [11]

22.5 (30.5)

29 [8]

19.5 (27.5)

36 [15]

26.5 (34.5)

31.5

32.5

38.5

35

38

34

40

36 [15]

24 (33)

36.5 [15.5] 24.5 (33.5) 33.5 [12.5] 21.5 (30.5) 40.5 [19.5] 28.5 (37.5)

35.5

36.5

42.5

39

42

38

50

43.5 [17.5]

29 (41)

44 [18]

29.5 (41.5)

41 [15]

26.5 (38.5)

48 [22]

33.5 (45.5)

41

42

48

44.5

47.5

43.5

63

43.5 [17.5]

29 (41)

44 [18]

29.5 (41.5)

41 [15]

26.5 (38.5)

48 [22]

33.5 (45.5)

48

49

55

51.5

54.5

50.5

[ ]: Denotes the locations for CDG1R.


( ): Denotes the value of long strokes.
For the dimensions other than the proper auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to standard type for each series.

Y + Stroke

HT HU

20

14 108 28.5

14 30.7

25

14 108 31

14 33.2

32

14 110 34.5

14 36.5

40

15 121 39

14 41

50

16 136 49.5

17 46.2

63

16 139 56.5

17 53.2

80

23 165 75.5

23 62.2

23 165 86

26 72.7

CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
C76
C85
C95

Reinforcing bracket
Mounted in case of 301 mm
or longer strokes.

Front mounting flange

Width across
flats HT

CP95
NCM

NCA
C

HS

View C-C

D-

HU

-X

20-

Data

R
Y + Stroke
View D-D

Auto Switch Mounting Position


D-A72/A7H/A80H
D-A73C/A80C
Bore size D-F7/F7V/F7W
(mm) D-F7WV/F7BAL
D-J7

6-17-74

Please contact SMC for


Series MGC.

View D-D

63 to 100

Hs

External dimensions other than above


are the same as standard type.

R
D-A7H, D-J79W
D-A80H, D-F7BA
D-A73C D-F7V
D-A7/A8 D-F7, D-F79F
D-J79C D-A79W
D-A80C D-F7WV
D-J79, D-F7NT
D-F7W

HS

100

D-F79F

D-A79W

CM2

Auto switch

D-A73
D-A80

Auto Switch Mounting Height

D-A79W

D-F79F

D-F7NTL

Bore size D-A7/A8


(mm)

D-A7H/J79W
D-A80H/F7BAL D-A73C
D-F7/F79F D-A80C
D-F7V D-J79C
D-J79/F7NTL
D-F7WV
D-F7W

D-A79W

Hs

Hs

Hs

Hs

Hs

Hs

20

40.5

39.5

40

39

37.5

36.5

44.5

43.5

45.5

44.5

20

26.5

26.5

32.5

29

31

30

25

40.5

39.5

40

39

37.5

36.5

44.5

43.5

45.5

44.5

25

29

29

35

31.5

33.5

32.5

32

41.5

40.5

41

40

38.5

37.5

45.5

44.5

46.5

45.5

32

32

32.5

38.5

34.5

36.5

35.5

40

46.5

43.5

46

43

43.5

40.5

50.5

47.5

51.5

48.5

40

36.5

37

43

39

41

40

50

53.5

51.5

53

51

50.5

48.5

57.5

55.5

58.5

56.5

50

42

42

48

44.5

46.5

45.5

63

53.5

51.5

53

51

50.5

48.5

57.5

55.5

58.5

56.5

63

49

49

55

51.5

53.5

52.5

80

63.5

51.5

63

51

60.5

48.5

67.5

55.5

68.5

56.5

80

58

58

64

60.5

62.5

61.5

100

63.5

51.5

63

51

60.5

48.5

67.5

55.5

68.5

56.5

100

68.5

69

74.5

71

73

72

6-17-75

58

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC17: Pin Cylinder with Rod Quenched
Symbol

22 Pin Cylinder with Rod Quenched

-XC17

The piston rod is made of carbon steel and induction hardened.

Applicable Series
Series

Description
Pin cylinder

CJP

Model

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

CJPB

Single acting (Panel mount)

CJPS

Single acting (Embedded)

How to Order
CJP

Standard model no.

XC17

Note) Additional symbol for -B (without thread) is


unnecessary when indicating the model no.
Rod quenched specifications

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Construction (Dimensions are the same as standard.)


Panel mount type: CJPB
Quenched
part
HRC 45

6-17-76

Embedded type: CJPS


Quenched
part
HRC 45

59

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC18: NPT Finish Piping Port
Symbol

23 NPT Finish Piping Port

-XC18

Air cylinder which piping port Rc threads were changed to NPT threads.

Applicable Series
Series

Description

CG1

MB

MB1
CS1
C95
CU

CQ2

RSQ
CL
CXW
MGQ
MGG
MGC
CY1

MY1

CE2

Action

Double acting, Single rod


Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Double acting, Double rod
CM2W
Double acting, Single rod
CM2K
Non-rotating rod type
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
CM2KW Double acting, Double rod
Double acting
CG1
Air cylinder
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Double acting, Single rod
MB
Air cylinder
Double acting, Double rod
MBW
Non-rotating rod type
Double acting, Single rod
MBK
Double acting, Single rod
Low friction type
MBQ
Double acting, Single rod
MB1
Air cylinder
Double acting, Double rod
MB1W
Non-rotating rod type
Double acting, Single rod
MB1K
Air cylinder
Double acting, Single rod
CS1
ISO cylinder
Double acting, Single rod
C95S
Double acting, Single rod
Free mount cylinder
CU
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Double acting, Single rod
CUK
Non-rotating rod type
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Compact cylinder
Double acting, Double rod
CQ2W
Non-rotating rod type
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2K
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2
Large bore size
(125, 140, 160) Double acting, Double rod
Long stroke
Double acting, Single rod
CQ2
Double acting
RSQ
Stopper cylinder
Double acting with spring type
Single acting
Locked-up cylinder
Double acting, Single rod
CL1
Slide bearing
CXWM
Slide unit
Ball bushing bearing
CXWL
Compact guide cylinder MGQ
Double acting
Standard type
MGG
Guide cylinder
Compact type
MGC
Basic type
CY1B
Magnetic rodless
cylinder
Slide bearing
CY1S
Double acting
MY1B
Double acting
MY1M
Mechanically jointed
Double acting
MY1C
rodless cylinder
Double acting
MY1H
Double acting
MY1HT
Stroke reading cylinder CE2
Double acting, Single rod
Air cylinder

CM2

CJ1
Model

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

CJP

CM2

CJ2

CM2
CG1

MB

MB1
6

CA2

Applicable to 32 only
Applicable to 32 only
Applicable to 32 only
Applicable to 32 only
Applicable to 32 to 100
Applicable to 32 to 50
Applicable to 32 to 100
Applicable to 32 to 63

CS1

C76
C85
C95

CP95
Applicable to 32 to 100

NCM
10

Applicable to 125 to 160


Applicable to 25, 32
Appicable to 25, 32

NCA

D-

-X

8
8
8

20-

Applicable to 25 to 100
Applicable to 25 to 63
Applicable to 25 to 63
Applicable to 25 to 40
Applicable to 50, 63

Data
8

10

6-17-77

60

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC18: NPT Finish Piping Port
Symbol

23 NPT Finish Piping Port

-XC18

How to Order
XC18

Standard model no.

NPT finish piping port

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Dimensions (Connection port size) (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Series CS1
Bore size
(mm)
125

Series MB, Series MB1


Port size
NPT 1/2

140
160

NPT 3/4

180

Series MGG

Bore size
(mm)

Port size

Bore size
(mm)

32

NPT 1/2

20

40, 50

NPT 3/4

25

63, 80

NPT 3/8

32

100

NPT 1/2

40

200

50

250

63

NPT 1

300

How to Order
C95

XC18

NPT port

NPT 1/4

80

NPT 3/8

100

NPT 1/2

Applicable cylinder

Air cylinder/Standard

Series

C95

Action

Double acting/Single rod

Bore size(mm)
Cushion
Auto switch
Mounting

6-17-78

NPT 1/8

Specifications

Standard model no. Details on page 6-12-2

Series C95

Port size

NPT

Bore size
(mm)

Port size

32

NPT 1/8

40/50

NPT 1/4

63/80

NPT 3/8

100

NPT 1/2

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


Air cushion
Available for mounting
Basic, Foot, Flange, Clevis, Trunnion

61

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC18: NPT Finish Piping Port
Symbol

23 NPT Finish Piping Port

-XC18

Dimensions (Connection port size) (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Series MGC
Bore size
(mm)
32

Series CXW
Port size
NPT 1/8

40

Bore size
(mm)
25
32

Series CE2
Port size
NPT 1/8

Bore size
(mm)

Port size

Bore size
(mm)

Port size

CJP

40

NPT 1/4

32

NPT 1/8

CJ2

50

NPT 1/4

50

CJ1

Series CU

NPT 3/8

63
80

CM2

NPT 1/2

100

CG1
MB

Series CM2, CG1

Series CQ2
Bore size (mm)

Port size

32, 40

NPT 1/8

50, 63

NPT 1/4

Bore size
(mm)

Series CM2

20

80, 100, 125, 140, 160

NPT 3/8
Note) In the case of bore size 32 without auto switch, stroke availability
begins with 10 stroke.

25

NPT 1/8

MB1

Series CG1
Rubber bumper Air cushion

NPT 1/8

CA2

No10-32
UNF
NPT 1/8

CS1

NPT 1/4

NPT 1/4

C76

80

NPT 3/8

NPT 3/8

C85

100

NPT 1/2

NPT 1/2

32
40

NPT 1/4

50
63

C95
Series CY

Series RSQ
Bore size
(mm)

Port size

40
50

Series MGQ
Port size

20

20
32

Bore size
(mm)

NPT 1/8

25

Bore size
(mm)

Series MY1
Port size

20
NPT 1/8

32

25
32

40

NPT 1/4

40

50

NPT 1/4

50

63

NPT 1/4

63
80
100

Bore size
(mm)
25

NPT 1/8

32
40
50

NPT 1/4
NPT 3/8

63
80
100

CP95
Port size
NPT 1/8

NCM
NCA

NPT 1/4
NPT 3/8

D-

NPT 1/2

-X

Bottom ported is the same as


standard type.

20Data

6-17-79

62

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC19: Intermediate Stroke (Spacer Type)
Symbol

24 Intermediate Stroke (Spacer type)

-XC19

Dealing with the intermediate stroke by installing a spacer with the standard stroke cylinder.

Applicable Series
Series

Description

Model

Action

Note

Free mount cylinder

CU

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod type

CUK

Double acting, Single rod

CJP

Pin cylinder

CJP

MGP

Compact guide cylinder

CU

MGP

Double acting, Single rod


M
L

Double acting

Vol. no. (for std model)

Air cushion type only

How to Order
Standard model no.

XC19

Intermediate stroke (Spacer type)

CU
Applicable Stroke

(mm)

6, 10, 16

35, 45, 55

20, 25, 32

35, 45, 65, 75, 85, 95

Dealing with it by installing a 5 mm width spacer with the standard stroke


cylinder.
Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.
External dimensions are the same as standard stroke products added by
5 mm for the required stroke.
Please consult with SMC when stroke other than applicable stroke is
required.

CJP
Applicable Stroke
6

1 mm intervals in 20 st or less

10

1 mm intervals in 30 st or less

15

1 mm intervals in 30 st or less

Dealing with it by installing a 1 to 4 mm width spacer with the standard


stroke cylinder.
Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.
External dimensions are the same as standard stroke products which is
closed to the required intermediate stroke.
Example: For 11 ST, to b+e dealt with 4 mm spacer for 15 ST body
As for the one with switch, 5 ST or less will not be available.

MGP
Applicable Stroke
Description

Part no.
Applicable stroke
(mm)
Example

Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing


spacer with standard stroke cylinder.
Minimum manufacturable stroke 16 to 63: 15 mm
80, 100: 20 mm
Select a rubber bumper type, because the cushion effect is not obtainable
for less than this stroke.
Suffix -XC19 to the end of standard part number.
15 to 249
16
15 to 399
20 to 63
20 to 399
80, 100
Part no. MGPM20-35A-XC19
15 mm width collar is installed in MGPM20-50A. C dimension is 112 mm.

Note) Intermediate strokes (by the 1 mm interval) with a special body are available by made-to-order.

6-17-80

63

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC20: Head Cover Axial Port
Symbol

25 Head Cover Axial Port

-XC20

Head side port position is changed to the axial direction. (Standard head side port is plugged with hexagon socket head screw.)

CJ1
Applicable Series
Series

CM2

CG1

Description

Model

Action
Double acting, Single rod

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

Except with air cushion

Air cylinder

CM2

Non-rotating rod type

CM2K

Direct mount type

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type

CM2RK

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Direct mount type

CG1R

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type

CG1KR

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

CJ2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)


Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

CJP

CM2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

CG1
MB
6

MB1
CA2

How to Order
Standard model no.

CS1

XC20

C76
Head cover axial port

C85
Specifications: Same as standard type.

C95

Be sure to use the speed controller since head side port has no throttle.

CP95
NCM

Construction

NCA
Connection port

D-X
20Data

Series CG1

Series CM2
Bore size (mm)

Port size

Bore size (mm)

Port size

20, 25, 32
40

Rc 1/8

20, 25, 32, 40


50, 63

Rc 1/8

Rc /4

Rc 1/4

Same dimensions as standard type except port size

6-17-81

64

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC22: Fluoro Rubber Seals
Symbol

26 Fluoro Rubber Seals

-XC22

Applicable Series
Series
CJP

CJ2

Description
Pin cylinder

Air cylinder

Air cylinder

CM2

Non-rotating rod type


Direct mount type

CG1

CJPB

Single acting (Panel mounting)

CJPS

Single acting (Embedded)

CJ2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

CJ2W

Double acting, Double rod

CM2

Double acting, Single rod

CM2W

Double acting, Double rod

CM2K

Double acting, Single rod

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

Double rod type

CG1W

Double acting, Double rod

Direct mount type

CG1R

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MBW

Double acting, Double rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

CA2W

Double acting, Double rod

CBA1

Double acting, Single rod

C95S

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder
End lock cylinder
ISO cylinder

CP95 ISO cylinder

Except with air cushion


Except with air cushion

6
6

C95S-W Double acting, Double rod


CP95S

Double acting, Single rod


Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

Vol. no. (for std model)


6

CM2KW Double acting, Double rod

CBM2

MB1

Note

Double acting, Single rod

End lock cylinder

Air cylinder

C95

Action
Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type CM2RK

MB

CA2

Model
CJP

Double acting, Single rod

C95S-W Double acting, Double rod

Free mount cylinder

CU

Non-rotating rod type

CUK

CU

Double acting, Single rod


Single acting (Spring return/extend)

Double acting, Single rod


Single acting (Spring return/extend)

MGPM

Double acting

Sliding bearing only

MGQ

MGQM

Double acting

Sliding bearing only

MGG

MGG

Standard type

MGC

Compact type

CV3

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1

Double acting, Single rod

CEP1 High precision stroke reading cylinder CEP1

Double acting, Single rod

MGP

MGC
CV

Compact guide cylinder


Guide cylinder
Valve mounted cylinder

6-17-82

10
10

(5)

65

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC22: Fluoro Rubber Seals
Symbol

26 Fluoro Rubber Seals

-XC22

How to Order
XC22

Standard model no.

Specifications
Seal material
Ambient
temperature range
Specifications other
than above and
external dimensions

Fluoro rubber seals

Fluoro rubber
With auto switch : 10 to 70C (No freezing) (1)
Without auto switch : 10 to 60C (No freezing)

Note 1) Please confirm with SMC, as the type of chemical and the operating
temperature may not allow the use of this product.
Note 2) Cylinders with auto switches can also be produced;
however, auto switch related parts (auto switch units, mounting
brackets, built-in magnets) are the same as standard products.
Before using these, please contact SMC regarding their suitability for
the operating environment.
Note 3) It is only applicable for the cylinder main body section as to Series
CV3, CVS1.
Note 4) Series MGG is using a shock absorber RBL type.
Note 5) No cushion is equipped for N type.

Same as standard type for each series

CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1

How to Order
C95
Standard model no. Details on pages 6-12-2 and 6-13-4
CP95

CA2

Specifications
XC22

Fluorine rubber seals

Applicable cylinder

Air cylinder/Standard

Series

C95/CP95

CS1

Action

Double acting/Single rod


Double acting/Double rod

C76

Bore size(mm)
Cushion
Auto switch
Mounting

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


Air cushion
Available for mounting
Basic, Foot, Flange, Clevis, Trunnion

C85
C95
CP95
NCM
NCA
D-X
20Data

6-17-83

66

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC24: With Magnetic Shielding Plate
-XC25: No Fixed Throttle of Connection Port
Symbol

27 With Magnetic Shielding Plate

-XC24

Symbol

28 No Fixed Orifice of Connection Port

-XC25

Shields against the magnetic leaked from external slider.

Type with no restrictor on the port, since it's using air-hydro type on the
rod cover and the head cover of air cylinder Series CM2.

Applicable Series

Applicable Series

Series
CY1

Description

Model

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder CY1B Basic style

REA Sine rodless cylinder

REA

Series

Description

Model

Basic style

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

Double acting, Single rod

8
10

CM2

Air cylinder

CM2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

CM2W Double acting, Double rod


Direct mount type CM2R Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

How to Order
CY1B
REA

How to Order
XC24

Standard model no.

CM2

With magnetic shielding plate

Standard model no.

XC25

No fixed Throttle in connection port

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Dimensions

Construction

Magnetic shielding plate

External dimensions are the same as standard CM2 series.


Dimensions
B

Bore size (mm)

10

15

20

25

32

40

50

63

19

27

37

38

48

62

72

88

102

25
35
36
46
60
70
86 100
Standard external (B) 17
Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.
REA is 25 to 63.

6-17-84

Caution
1. Use a shock absorber, etc.
When the piston speed exceed 750 mm/s, make sure that direct
impact does not apply on the cylinder cover by using an external
stopper (shock absorber, etc).

67

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC27: Double Clevis Pin and Double Knuckle
Pin Made of Stainless Steel (SUS304)
Symbol

29 Double Clevis Pin and Knuckle Pin Made of Stainless Steel

-XC27

To prevent the oscillating portion of the double clevis or the double knuckle joint from rusting, the material of the pin and the snap ring (split pin) has
been changed to stainless steel.

CJ1
Applicable Series
Description

Series

Model
CM2

CM2
Non-rotating rod type

CS1
CV

CM2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)


Double acting, Single rod
Double acting, Double rod

Non-rotating rod type

MBK

Double acting, Single rod

Low friction type

MBQ

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

MBB

Double acting, Single rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

Air cylinder

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod

CA2K

Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

CBA2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1K

Double acting, Single rod

Valve mounted cylinder

CJ2

Double acting, Single rod

MBW

Air cylinder

CA2

CM2K

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

MB

Air cylinder

MB1

CJP

Vol. no. (for std model)

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

MB

Action

CG1
6

MB
MB1

CA2

CS1

C76

10

C85

How to Order

C95

CM2D

Standard model no.

XC27

CA2D

Standard model no.

XC27

NCM

CS1D

Standard model no.

XC27

NCA

Double clevis style

Double clevis pin


made of stainless steel

XC27

020B, 032B, 040B

04C, 05C, 08C, 10C

XC27

12A, 14A, 16A, 18A, 20A, 25A, 30A

XC27

Double knuckle joint

CP95

DCDP

XC27

2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7A

Clevis pin
made of stainless steel
Knuckle pin
Clevis pin
Knuckle pin

Specifications
Mounting style

Specifications other than above

Only double clevis style (D)


Stainless steel 304
Same as standard type
Cotter pin

Dimensions: Same as Standard Type


For mounting bracket, cotter pin, clevis pin and knuckle joint pin are
shipped together.

20Data

Double clevis pin


made of stainless steel

Pin material

-X

Nuckle joint pin

Mounting method is the same as


standard type.

6-17-85

68

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC28: Compact Flange Made of SS400
Symbol

30 Compact Flange Made of SS400

-XC28

Width of a flange bracket on the rod and head side has the same dimensions as the cylinders rod cover to save the mounting space. (Flange shape
and FV-dimensions are only different from the standard type.)

Applicable Series
Series

Description

Model

Air cylinder
CA2
Non-rotating rod type

Double acting, Single rod

CA2W

Double acting, Double rod

CA2K

Double acting, Single rod

Vol. no. (for std model)

CA2KW Double acting, Double rod

Cylinder with end lock


CV

Action

CA2

Valve mounted cylinder

CBA2

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1

Double acting, Single rod

CVS1K

Double acting, Single rod

10

How to Order
CA2

Standard model no.

XC28

Compact flange made of SS400

CVS1 F

Mounting style
F

Rod side flange

Head side flange

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Dimensions

Bore size (mm)

FT

FV

FZ

40
50
63
80
100

12

60

100

12

70

110

15

85

130

18

102

160

18

116

180

6-17-86

Other dimensions are the same as flange on the rod


side and head side of standard type.
(Figure is the case of flange on the rod side.)

69

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC29: Double Knuckle Joint with Spring Pin
Symbol

31 Double Knuckle Joint with Spring Pin

-XC29

To prevent loosening of the double knuckle joint of standard air cylinder (Series CM2/CA2)

Applicable Series
Series

Description

CJ1
Description
Vol. no. (for std model) Series
Action
Double acting, Single rod
CG1 Air cylinder
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Air cylinder
Double acting, Double rod

Model
CM2

Air cylinder

CM2W
CM2

Non-rotating rod type


Direct mount type

Double acting, Single rod

CM2K

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

CM2KW

Double acting, Double rod

CM2R

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod, Direct mount type CM2RK

MB

Non-rotating rod type


Low friction type
Cylinder with end lock

Centralized piping type CM2P Double acting, Single rod

MBW Double acting, Double rod


MBK Double acting, Single rod
MBQ

Double acting, Single rod

MBB

Double acting, Single rod

MB1

MB1 Air cylinder

Double acting, Single rod

Vol. no. (for std model)


6

Model
Action
CG1 Double acting, Single rod
MB
Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Air cylinder
Cylinder with end lock

CV

Valve mounted cylinder

CVS1 Double acting, Single rod

CJ2
CM2

Double acting, Single rod


MB1W Double acting, Double rod
CA2 Double acting, Single rod
CBA2 Double acting, Single rod
CV3 Double acting, Single rod

CJP

CG1

MB

10

MB1
CA2

How to Order

CS1

XC29

Standard model no.

C76

Double knuckle joint with spring pin

C85
Specifications: Same as standard type.

C95
CP95

Dimensions (For mounting bracket, pin is shipped together.)

NCM

NDH10 (Hole dia.)


NDd9 (Shaft dia.)

Series CM2

NCA
DSpring pin

-X

ZZ + Stroke

Bore size (mm)

L1

20

41

36

25

45

32
40

NZ

ZZ

Spring pin

9 +0.058
0

18

10

61

146

3 x 16 l

38

9 +0.058
0

18

10

65

150

3 x 16 l

45

38

9 +0.058
0

18

10

65

152

3 x 16 l

50

55

+0.070
0

38

13

83

200

4 x 24 l

NDH10

12

Other dimensions are the same


as standard type.

Hole: NDH10
Shaft: NDd9

Series CA2
(CBA2, CV3, CVS1)

Spring pin
ZZ + Stroke

Bore size (mm)

L1

PX

PY

ZZ

RR1

ND

H10

d9

NX

NZ

Spring pin

40

51

55

11

84

192

13

12

38

4 x 24 l

58

60

12

91

207

15

12

16 +0.3
+0.1

38

4 x 25 l

63

58

60

12

91

218

15

12

16 +0.3
+0.1

38

4 x 25 l

80

71

71

16

105

257

19

18

28 +0.3
+0.1

55

4 x 36 l

100

72

83

16

118

282

21

20

0.050
0.093
0.050
0.093
0.050
0.093
0.050
0.093
0.065
0.117

16 +0.3
+0.1

50

+0.070
0
+0.070
0
+0.070
0
+0.070
0
+0.084
0

30 +0.3
+0.1

61

4 x 40 l

Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.

6-17-87

20Data

70

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Front Trunnion

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC30: Rod Side Trunnion

Symbol

32 Rod Side Trunnion

-XC30

Cylinder with distance between fulcrum and rod end is shortened by assembling trunnion pivot bracket in rod of the rod side cover when the stroke
length is longer with rod side trunnion style.

Dimensions

CJ1

Series MB

CJP
Applicable Series
Model

Description
Air cylinder

MB

MB
MBW

Double acting, Double rod


Double acting, Single rod

Cylinder with end lock

MBQ

Double acting, Single rod

Non-rotating rod type

MBB

Double acting, Single rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

MB1W

Double acting, Double rod

Non-rotating rod type

MB1K

Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Air cylinder

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

Air cylinder

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

CS1

CS1W

Double acting, Double rod

Air cylinder

CM2
6

Low friction with Non-rotating rod type MBK

MB1

CJ2

Vol. no. (for std model)

Action
Double acting, Single rod

CG1
ZZ + Stroke

6
6

MB

Symbol

TDe8
ZZ
Z
H
TZ
TY
TT
0.032
135
38.5
47
74
49
17
32
12 0.059
148
49
60
95
58
22
40
16 0.032
0.059
164
55
66
107
71
22
50
16 0.032
0.059
170
58
72
130
87
28
63
20 0.040
0.073
204
69
86
150
110
34
80
20 0.040
0.073
210
72
92
182
136
40
100
25 0.040
0.073
Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.
Bore (mm)

Series MB1

How to Order

TY

MB T
Standard model no.
XC30
MB1
Front trunnion
CA2
CS1 Trunnion bracket

MB1
CA2
CS1
C76

C85

TDe8

Series

C95
CP95

TT
TZ

NCM

ZZ + Stroke

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Bore size (mm)

32
40
50
63
80
100

Dimensions
Series CA2

TDe8
0.032
12 0.059
0.032
16 0.059
16 0.032
0.059
0.040
20 0.073
0.040
20 0.073
0.040
25 0.073

TT
17
22
22
28
34
40

TY
49
58
71
87
110
136

TZ
74
95
107
130
150
182

H
47
60
66
72
86
92

Z
38.5
49
55
58
69
72

ZZ
135
148
164
170
204
210

NCA
D-X

Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.

20-

Series CS1

S + Stroke

S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke

ZZ + Stroke

Symbol GA
TDe8
GB
TT
NA
GC
S
23
38
125
50
32
45
95
32 0.050
0.089
40.5 23
140
55
32
45
95
36 0.050
0.089
45.5 25.5
160
60
36
50
103
40 0.050
0.089
0.050
25.5
45
180
59
36
50
108
45 0.089
25.5
45
200
59
36
50
108
45 0.050
0.089
54.5 30
250
69
46
60
138
56 0.060
0.106
59.5 30
300
79
46
70
143
67 0.060
0.106
Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.
Bore (mm)

TDe8

Bore size

40

23

15

50

26

15

63

27

18

80

32

25

100

35

25

0.032
0.059
0.032
0.059
0.032
0.059
0.040
0.073
0.040
0.073

ZZ

117

66

55

151

80

127

71

60

163

86

90

148

79

65

179

34

110

192

94.5

77.5

212.5

111

40

130

214

80

229

121

TT

TY

TZ

11

22

62

13

22

74

13

28

16
16

Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

6-17-88

GA

Data

100

94

TY
164
184
204
228
257
325
390

TZ
234
262
292
326
355
447
534

H
113
113
123
138
138
163
178

Z
88.0
85.5
93.0
108.5
108.5
128.5
138.5

ZZ
227
227
248
272
272
331
357

6-17-89

71

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC34: Rod Does Not Extend Beyond
Non-rotating Plate. (Free Mount Cylinder)
Symbol

33 Rod does not extend beyond non-rotating plate. (Free mount cylinder)

-XC34

A non-rotating rod (Series C(D)UK) free mount cylinder in which dimension FL, which is the distance from the detent plate to the piston rod end, has
been eliminated, so that the piston rod does not protrude from the plate.

Applicable Series
Series
CU

Description

Model

Free mount cylinder


Non-rotating rod type

CUK

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

Double acting, Single rod

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

How to Order
CUK

Standard model no.

XC34

Rod does not extend beyond non-rotating plate


(Free mount cylinder)

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Dimensions
Double acting, Single rod

Single acting, Spring return

Single acting, Spring extend

H + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Double acting

Action

Single acting (Spring return)


Z

Z
Bore size
(mm)

Without
switch

With
switch

Without switch

Single acting (Spring extend)


Z
With switch

Without switch

With switch

10

15

10

15

10

15

10

15

42

42

47

52

57

47

52

57

52

62

67

52

62

67

10

45

45

50

55

65

50

55

65

55

65

80

55

65

80

16

39

49

44

49

59

54

59

69

59

69

84

69

79

94

20

45

55

50

55

65

60

65

75

55

65

80

65

75

90

25

10

11

51

61

10

11

56

61

71

66

71

81

61

71

86

71

81

96

32

12

13

55

65

12

13

60

65

75

70

75

85

65

75

90

75

85

100

Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.

6-17-90

72

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC35: With Coil Scraper
Symbol

34 With Coil Scraper

-XC35

It gets rid of frost, ice, weld spatter, cutting chips adhered to the piston rod, and protects the seals, etc.

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series
CM2

CG1
MB
MB1
CA2

Description
Air cylinder

C95
CQ2

Model

Note

Double acting, Single rod

Except with air cushion

CM2W

Double acting, Double rod

Except with air cushion

Cylinder with end lock

CBM2

Double acting, Single rod

Lock in head end only (Except with air cushion)

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

MB

Double acting, Single rod

MBW

Double acting, Double rod

MB1

Double acting, Single rod

CA2

Double acting, Single rod

CA2W

Double acting, Double rod

CBA2

Double acting, Single rod

CS1

Double acting, Single rod

CS1W

Double acting, Double rod

C95S

Double acting, Single rod

CQ2

Double acting, Single rod

CQ2W

Double acting, Double rod Applicable to 32 to 100. Except the one with bracket

Air cylinder
Air cylinder
Air cylinder
Cylinder with end lock

CS1

Action

CM2

Air cylinder
ISO cylinder
Compact cylinder

Applicable to 32 to 100. Except the one with bracket

Vol. no. (for std model)

CJP

CJ2

CM2

CG1

MB

MB1

CA2

CS1

C76
C85

MNB

Cylinder with lock

MNB

Double acting, Single rod

CNA

Cylinder with lock

CNA

Double acting, Single rod

CV

Valve mounted cylinder

CVS1

Double acting, Single rod

10

C95

MGP

Double acting

Applicable to 20 to 100.

MGPA

High precision type

Applicable to 20 to 100.

CP95

MGG

Standard type

MGP
MGG

Compact guide cylinder


Guide cylinder

Except 20, 25

NCM
NCA

How to Order

DXC35

Standard model no.

-X

With coil scraper

20-

For Series C95, refer to page 6-17-92. For Series MGP, refer to page 6-17-94.

Data

Specifications: Same as standard type.

6-17-91

73

Made to Order Common Specifications:


With Coil Scraper

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC35: With Coil Scraper

Symbol

34 With Coil Scraper

-XC35

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Series CS1

Series CQ2

ZZ + Stroke

Without auto switch


F

125

50

140

Bore size
(mm)

With auto switch


ZZ

ZZ

120

245

50

120

245

50

120

245

50

120

245

160

50

130

266.5

50

130

266.5

180

55

145

291

55

145

295

200

55

145

291

55

145

300

250

69

175

357.5

300

69

190

387.5

Th9

Bore size
(mm)

CJ1

32

A + Stroke

51 to 100 stroke

45 (45)

33 (33)

0
23 0.052
0
28 0.052
0
35 0.062
0
35 0.062
0
43 0.062
0
59 0.074

35 (45)

23 (33)

40

41.5 (51.5)

51.5 (51.5)

29.5 (39.5)

39.5 (39.5)

50

43.5 (53.5)

53.5 (53.5)

30.5 (40.5)

40.5 (40.5)

63

49 (59)

59 (59)

36 (46)

46 (46)

80

58.5 (68.5)

68.5 (68.5)

43.5 (53.5)

53.5 (53.5)

53 (63)

63 (63)

Series MB
F

ZZ

32

15

47

135

40

17

58

146

50

19

67

165

63

19

67

165

80

25

81

199

100

25

81

199

ZZ + Stroke

32
40
50

F
15
17
19

H
47
58
67

ZZ
135
146
165

Bore size (mm)

63
80
100

F
19
25
25

H
67
81
81

Bore size (mm)

40

28

13.5

14.5

50

32

13.5

16.5

63

32

13.5

14.5

80

37

15

16.5

100

44

16.5

17.5

With head side lock With rod side lock, With both-side lock

ZZ
165
199
199

e
With coil scraper

Applicable cylinder

Air cylinder/Standard

Series

C95

Action

Double acting/Single rod

Bore size(mm)

Air cushion

Scraper

Coil scraper (Metal)

Auto switch

F
H

28

12

50

32

12.5

63

32

12.5

80

37

16.5

100

44

17

-X
20Data

Series MNB

Basic, Foot, Flange, Clevis, Trunnion

F
15
17
19
19
25
25

H
48
54
69
69
86
91

ZZ
146
163
179
194
218
233

Bore size (mm)

ZZ

32

16

47

205

40

18

56

221

50

19

63

250

63

19

63

264

80

25

77

326

100

25

77

346

H
ZZ + Stroke

ZZ + Stroke

6-17-92

C95

D-

Series C95
32
40
50
63
80
100

40

Available for mounting

Mounting

Bore size (mm)

Bore size (mm)

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Cushion

C85

NCA

Specifications
XC35

CA2

NCM

Series CNA

ZZ + Stroke

Standard model no. Details on page 6-12-2

MB

CP95

C95

CG1

C76

How to Order

CM2

CS1

The above diagram shows head side lock type and manual releasing
non-lock type. Series CA2 is the same dimensions as the one with head
end lock. Dimensions of manual release, lock type are the same as
those mentioned above.

Series MB1
Bore size (mm)

CJ2

MB1

Series CA2, CBA2


Bore size (mm)

Th9

50 stroke or less 51 to 100 stroke 50 stroke or less

100
70 (80)
80 (80)
Note 1) ( ): Denotes the dimensions with auto switch.
Note 2) Applicable stroke available by the 5 mm interval.

B + Stroke

CJP

6-17-93

74

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC35: With Coil Scraper
Symbol

34 With Coil Scraper

-XC35

How to Order
MGPM
MGPL
MGPA

Specifications

Bore size

Stroke

Applicable series

XC35

Bearing type

With coil scraper


Suffix

Minimum
operating
pressure

MGPL, MGPA

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Bore size (mm)

With scraper on single end


With scrapers on both ends

Nil
W

MGPM

With single end

0.12 MPa

With both ends

0.14 MPa

Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

HT

4-MT

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

FT
FB
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

EW+ Stroke
FT
AW+ 2 x Stroke
E

Cylinder with scrapers in both sides

MGPM, MGPL, MGPA


Common Dimensions

With scrapers in both sides


AW, EW, MT Dimensions

Bore size
(mm)

Bore size
(mm)

20 63
25 63.5
32 69.5
40 76
50 82
63 87
80 106.5
100 126

FB

FT

16
16
20
20
22
22
28
35

5
5
6
6
6
6
6
9

AW

20 74
25 74.5
32 82.5
40 89
50 95
63 100
80 120.5
100 143

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, E, HT Dimensions

EW

MT

Bore size
(mm)

6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8

6
7
8.5
9
11
11
14
16

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
50 st or less
63
63.5
97
97
106.5
106.5
125
147

Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st
94.5 132
132
95
150
112
150
112
171
128
171
128
203
152
213
172

50 st or less
0
0
27.5
21
24.5
19.5
18.5
21

Over 50 st
to 200 st

31.5
31.5
42.5
36
46
41
45.5
46

HT
Over 200 st XC35
69
80
68.5
93
80.5
110
74
118
89
146
84
160
96.5
200
87
238

MGPL, MGPA (Ball bushing bearing) A, E, HT Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

20
25
Bore size
(mm)

32
40
50
63
Bore size
(mm)

80
100

6-17-94

A
30 st Over 100 st
30 st or less Over
to 100 st
to 200 st Over 200 st 30 st or less
73
90
114
132
10
79.5
95.5 114.5 132
16

E
Over 30 st
to 100 st

Over 100 st
to 200 st

27
32

51
51

Over 200 st
69
68.5

A
50 st or less
91
91
103
103

Over 50 st
to 100 st

Over 100 st
to 200 st

108
108
124
124

128
128
144
144

25 st or less
119.5
131

Over 25 st
to 50 st

Over 50 st
to 200 st

140
157

170
190

Over 200 st
150
150
171
171

50 st or less
21.5
15
21
16

Over 50 st
to 100 st

Over 100 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st
58.5
80.5
52
74
62
89
57
84

38.5
32
42
37
E

A
25 st
Over 200 st 25 st or less Over
to 50 st
203
13
33.5
213
5
31

Over 50 st
to 200 st

63.5
64

Over 200 st
96.5
87

HT
80
93
HT
110
118
146
160
HT
201
238

75

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC36: With Boss in Rod Side
-XC37: Larger Throttle Dia. of Connection Port
Symbol

35 With Boss in Rod Side

-XC36

Cylinder with boss in rod side

Description

CQS Compact cylinder

Applicable Series

Model
CQS

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

Series

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

CQSW Double acting, Double rod

Compact cylinder

MGG

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

MGC

CJ1

Model
CG1

Vol. no. (for std model)

Action
Double acting, Single rod

Double rod type CG1W Double acting, Double rod


Guide Cylinder

MGG

Standard type

MGC

Compact type

CQ2W Double acting, Double rod

CQ2

Description
Air cylinder

Double acting, Single rod


CQ2

-XC37

This is a cylinder with a piping port larger than the standard type.

Applicable Series
Series

Symbol

36 Larger Throttle Diameter of Connection Port

Axial piping type


Double acting, Single rod
(Centralized
CQP2
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
piping type)

CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB

Note 1) For the double rod type, it comes with boss for both sides.
Note 2) Except with bracket
Note 3) 125 or more is excluded in CQ2.

MB1

How to Order

CA2

How to Order
XC36

Standard model no.

CJP

XC37

Standard model no.

With boss in rod side

Larger throttle diameter of connecting port

CS1
C76
C85

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Specifications: Same as standard type.

C95

Dimensions (Throttle diameter of connection port)

Dimensions

Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.

Series
Bore size
(mm)

CQ2
Th9

Th9

12

0
15 0.043

1.5

0
15 0.043

1.5

16

0
20 0.052

1.5

0
20 0.052

1.5

20

0
13 0.043

0
13 0.043

25

15

0
0.043

32

21

40

28

50

35

63

35

0
0.043
0
0.052
0
0.052
0
0.062
0
0.062
0
0.062
0
0.074

15

NCM

Series CG1

CQS

NCA

Bore size With rubber bumper With air cushion Standard


(mm)
Rod side Head side Rod side Head side type
20

(2.1)

25

4.5

3.5

3.5

(2.5)

32

(3.3)

40

(3.9)

50

(4.5)

(5.7)

63

D-X
20Data

Throttle hole diameter in the head side for long


stroke is the same dimension as rod side.
Use external stopper, etc. not to be damaged with
cylinder cover directly if exceeding the range of
kinetic energy absorption.

2
80

43

2
100

59
Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard type.

Series MGG
Bore size Throttle dia.
(mm)
()

Series MGC
Bore size Throttle dia.
(mm)
()

20

20

25

25

3.5

32

32

40

40

50

50

63

CP95

6-17-95

76

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC38: Vacuum (Rod through-hole)
Symbol

37 Vacuum Specifications (Rod through-hole type)

-XC38

Through-hole of hollow rod can be used as the passage of vacuum air.

Applicable Series
Series

Description

Model

Action

CM2

Air cylinder/Standard type

CM2W

Double acting, Double rod

MTS

Precision cylinder

MTS

Double acting, Single rod

Vol. no. (for std model)

Note

Available only for 8 female thread

Construction/Dimensions

How to Order

(Other dimensions are the same as standard.)

XC38

Standard model no.

Series CM2W
Vacuum specifications (Rod through-hole type)

HA + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

Specifications: Same as standard type.

MTS8

Stroke

(P)

Axial piping type

XC38

Bore size (mm)

HA

ZZ

20
25
32
40

M5 x 0.8

32

135

M5 x 0.8

32

139

M5 x 0.8

32

141

Rc 1/8

36

174

Dimensions

Vacuum specification
(Rod through-hole type)

Series MTS8

Use 4/2.5 urethane tube (TU0425) or


use soft nylon tube (TS0425).

7 + Stroke
60 + 2 x Stroke

Caution
1. Blow air for through-hole.
Flush the through-hole which is a passage for air pressure and
vacuum to prevent dust.

Specifications
Bore size (mm)

Piping direction

Standard piping type, Axial piping type

Rod end configuration

6-17-96

Female thread

77

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC42: Built-in Shock Absorber in
Head Cover Side
Symbol

38 Built-in Shock Absorber in Head Cover Side

-XC42

A type of Series CG1 air cylinder in which a special shock absorber is enclosed in the head portion so that its ability to absorb energy during the
retraction of the cylinder is considerably greater than the conventional air cushion.

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series

Description

Model

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

CG1

Air cylinder

CG1

Double acting, Single rod

CJP
CJ2
CM2

How to Order
CG1

CG1
XC42

Standard model no.

MB
Built-in rear shock absorber

MB1
CA2
CS1
C76
C85
Specifications
Piston speed

C95
Extend: 50 to 1000 mm/sec, Return: 50 to 2000 mm/sec

Additional specifications

CP95

Same as standard type

In the case of axial foot style and head side flange style, the cylinder mounted shock absorber is shipped.
Shock absorber for other types is shipped together.

NCM
NCA

Construction/Dimensions (Other dimensions are the same as CG1 long stroke cylinder.)

D-X

Shock absorber

20Data
ZZ + Stroke
Shock absorber

MH

ZZ

10 to 350

RBAC0806

77

23.5

135.5

10 to 400

RBAC1007

77

31

148

15 to 450

RBAC1412

79

55

174

15 to 800

RBAC2015

87

62.5

199.5

15 to 1200

RBAC2015

102

55.5

215.5

25 to 1200

RBAC2725

102

92.5

252.5

Bore (mm) Stroke range

20
25
32
40
50
63

6-17-97

78

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC51: With Hose Nipple
-XC52: Mounting Nut with Set Screw
Symbol

39 With Hose Nipple

-XC51

Symbol

40 Mounting Nut with Set Screw

-XC52

The one with hose nipple attached in order to save time for assembly at
the time of shipment.

In order to prevent the mounting nut from being loosen, set screw should
be tighten from the two directions to fix the mounting nut.

Applicable Series

Applicable Series

Series

Description

Model

Action

Vol. no. (for std model)

Series Description

Model

Double acting, Single rod


Air cylinder

CJ2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

CJ2W
Non-rotating
rod type
CJ2

Air cylinder

Double acting, Double rod


CM2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)


Double acting, Single rod

With speed
controller

CJ2Z

Low friction type

CJ2Q Double acting, Single rod

Vol. no. (for std model)

CM2

Single acting (Spring return/extend)

CM2W Double acting, Double rod

Double acting, Single rod

CJ2K

Action
Double acting, Single rod

CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod

Double acting, Single rod


Non-rotating CM2K
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
rod type
CM2KW Double acting, Double rod
Centralized
CM2P Double acting, Single rod
piping type

Double acting, Single rod


Direct mount type CJ2RA

Single acting, (Spring return/extend)

Double acting, Single rod


Non-rotating rod,
CJ2RK
Direct mount type
Single acting, (Spring return/extend)

How to Order
CJ2

How to Order

Standard model no.

XC51 H4

CM2

Standard model no.

With hose nipple

XC52

Mounting nut with set screw

Hose nipple type

H4
4/2.5 with restriction
H6
6/4 with restriction
MH4 4/2.5 without restriction
MH6 6/4 without restriction

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Specifications: Same as standard type.

Dimensions
(Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Applicable Hose Nipple Type


Symbol

Applicable bore size (mm)

Function

Hose nipple part no.

4/2.5

With a fixed
orifice (0.8)

CJ-5H-4

Without fixed
orifice

M-5H-4

H4
H6

6/4

MH4

4/2.5

MH6

6/4

CJ-5H-6

M-5H-6

Dimensions
(Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Hose nipple

6-17-98

2-Hexagon socket head set screw

79

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC56: With Knock Pin Hole
Symbol

41 With Knock Pin Hole

-XC56

Cylinder with knock positioning pin hole.

CJ1

Applicable Series
Series
MGG
MGQ
MY1

Description

Model

Action

Guide cylinder

MGG M
L

Double acting

Compact guide cylinder

MGQ M
L

Double acting

MY1C

Cam follower guide

MY1H

High precision guide

Mechanically jointed
rodless cylinder

Note

Vol. no. (for std model)

For basic style only

8
8

CJP
CJ2

CM2

How to Order

CG1

Standard model no.

XC56

MB
With knock pin holes

MB1
Specifications: Same as standard type.

CA2
CS1

Series MGG
20 to 50

C76

2-AS

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Bottom 2-AS

2-AS

AR

63 to 100

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

AQ 0.02

AT0.02

Bore size
(mm)

AQ

AR

AS

AT

C85
C95

92

depth 6
54 5H7 +0.012
0

36

113

depth 8
59 6H7 +0.012
0
depth 8
69 6H7 +0.012
0

45
56

170

depth 11
82 8H7 +0.015
0
depth 13
97 10H7 +0.015
0

200

depth 13
100 10H7 +0.015
0

74

234

depth 15
115 12H7 +0.018
0

92

274

140 12H7 +0.018


depth 15 106
0

118
150

48
68

CP95
NCM
NCA
D-

AQ 0.02

AT0.02

-X
20Data
AR

Bottom 2-AS

Series MGQ
Bore size
HA HB
(mm)

XA + (Stroke/2)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

0
7
9
12
14
14
20
30

NB

RA

XA

XB

depth4 3H7 +0.010


depth4
19 3H7 +0.010
0
0
H7 +0.010 depth4 3H7 +0.010 depth4
3
22
0
0

21 14.5

50

22 16.5

54

depth 5 4H7 +0.012


depth 5
26 4H7 +0.012
0
0
+0.012
depth 5
30 4H7 0 depth 5 4H7 +0.012
0

28 18

64

34 19

76

through 6H7 +0.012


depth 8
44 6H7 +0.012
0
0
+0.012
+0.012
H7
54 6 0 through 6H7 0 depth 8

46 18.5 100
50 22

110

+0.015
+0.015
62 8H7 0 through 8H7 0 depth 11
H7 +0.015 through 8H7 +0.015 depth 11
8
74
0
0

56 22

124

NA

66 24

132
+0.015
+0.015
94 10H7 0 through 10H7 0 depth 13 84 28.5 166
+0.015
+0.015
40 116 10H7 0 through 10H7 0 depth 13 110 32.5 200
36

6-17-99

80

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC56: With Knock Pin Hole
Symbol

41 With Knock Pin Hole

-XC56

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)

Bore size
(mm)

XB 0.1

XGH7
Long hole depth XG

XH

Series MY1C

XGH7 depth XG

XA

XGH7

Mounting surface of a workpiece for the slide table

XGH7 depth XG Long hole depth XG


(XD + Stroke) 0.3

XE

16
20
25
32
40
50
63

XA

XB

40
50

XD

XE

XG

XH

XJ

40

80

40

40

100

50

51

50

110

55

10

66

60

140

70

11

81

80

180

80

11

100

90

230

85

13

115

110

280

90

10

10

15

XA

XB

XC

XD

XE

25

33

3.5

70

20

40

40

7.5

80

40

50

40

14.5

100

50

57

50

14.5

110

55

70

60

15

140

70

85

80

20.5

180

80

XF

XG

XH

XJ

21.5

30

39

45

60

60.5

XJ

Mounting surface of cylinder tube

Series MY1H
XA
Long hole depth XG

XGH7

XC

XH

XB 0.1

Bore size
(mm)

10
16
20
25
32
40

XGH7 depth XG

Mounting surface of a workpiece for the slide table XJ

XF

XGH7

Bore size
(mm)

XE

XGH7 depth XG
Long hole depth XG
(XD + Stroke) 0.3

Mounting surface of cylinder tube

6-17-100

10
16
20
25
32
40

81

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC57: Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint
Symbol

42 Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint

-XC57

A special floating joint has been added to Series CY1B, which reduces the amount of labor that is required for connecting the cylinder to the guide of
another shaft (load side).
The bolts used for joining the floating joint to the load can be secured either from above or below. (Those with a 6 or 10 bore must be secured from
above.)

Applicable Series
Series

Description

CY1

Magnetically coupled
rodless cylinder

REA
REB

Model

Sine rodless cylinder

CJP

Vol. no. (for std model)

Action

CY1B

Basic type

CY1R

Direct mount type

REA

Basic type

REAR

Direct mount type

REBR

Direct mount type

CJ1

CJ2

CM2
10

CG1
MB

How to Order

MB1

XC57

Standard model no.

Note) The body of this cylinder is for connecting to the floating joint so that it
cannot be connected to the body of the standard style. Therefore,
please contact SMC for this.

Rodless cylinder with floating joint

CA2
CS1

Specifications: Same as standard type.

C76
Construction/Dimensions (Other dimensions are the same as standard.)

C85

Series CY1B
Series REA

C95

Bolt fixed from


the upside

CP95
NCM
For 6, 10 (CY1B)

R Note 2)

F Note 1)

Herisert tapped

Bolt fixed from the


underside: MD

NCA
D-X
20-

Body

For 6, 10 (CY1B)

Bore size (mm)

6
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
63

Data

F (1)

HA

HB

LA

MM

MD

PA

R (2)

10

17

2.5

6.3

11

35

15

M3 x 0.5 x 3 l

12

18

10

25

2.5

9.5

15

38

18

M3 x 0.5 x 3 l

17

26

16

35

6.5

5.5

16.5

23

57

25

M4 x 0.7

M3

25

36

18

36

6.5

5.5

17

23.5

66

30

M5 x 0.8

M3

27

37

20

46

8.0

5.5

21

28.5

70

30

M6 x 1.0

M4

36

47

22.5

60

9.5

6.0

27.5

36

80

35

M6 x 1.0

M5

47

61

26

70

9.5

6.0

28.5

41

92

40

M6 x 1.0

M5

55

71

35

86

6.0

35

49

110

40

M8 x 1.25

M6

65

11

87

11

50
122
80
57
10
100 18
101
M6
36
7.0 42
11
M8 x 1.25
Note 1) With dimension F, the amount of clearance between the body and the floating joint is 1 mm. The self
weight deflection of the cylinder tube is not taken into account. Before operating the cylinder, determine
the proper value by taking the amount of self weight deflection and the amount of off-centering from the
other shaft into consideration.
Note 2) When the bolts are secured from above, be aware that if the cylinder is operated when dimension R (on
6 and 10, 3 mm or over) is exceeded, the end of the bolt could come in contact with the body, without
being able to achieve the floating effect.
Note 3) Now the CY1B series bore size 15, 20, 25, 32, 40 have been replaced by the CY3B series
respectively.

6-17-101

82

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC57: Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint (CY3B)
Symbol

42 Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint (CY3B)


CY3B Bore size Port thread type

XC57

Stroke

-XC57
Specifications
Bore size

15, 20, 25, 32, 40

Note) Since the body of this cylinder is designed for connection with a
floating joint, and cannot be connected to the bodies of standard
products, please contact SMC if necessary.

With floating joint

A special floating joint is added to the Series CY3B, and the number of
connections to the guide on the other axis (the load side) is reduced.
The attachment of the bolt to the floating joint and the load is not limited to
the top or bottom.

Dimensions

Attached from top

W
PA

Attached from
bottom: MD

HA
HB

R Note 2)

F Note 1)

MM

L
LA
C

Body

(mm)

Model

CY3B15
CY3B20
CY3B25
CY3B32
CY3B40

F(1)

16

35

6.5

18

36

6.5

20

46

22.5
26

HA

HB

LA

MM

MD

PA

R(2)

5.5

16.5

23

57

25

M4 x 0.7

M3

25

36

5.5

17

23.5

66

30

M4 x 0.7

M3

27

37

8.0

5.5

21

28.5

70

30

M5 x 0.8

M4

36

47

60

9.5

6.0

27.5

36

80

35

M6 x 1.0

M5

47

61

70

9.5

6.0

28.5

41

92

40

M6 x 1.0

M5

55

71

Note 1) Dimension F provides a clearance of 1 mm between the body and the floating joint, but does not consider dead weight deflection of the cylinder
tube, etc. When put into operation, an appropriate value should be set which considers dead weight deflection and alignment variations with
respect to the other axis. (Refer to the dead weight deflection table separately.)
Note 2) Use caution when attached from the top and operated at or above dimension R, because the end of the screw will contact the body, and floating
cannot be maintained in some cases.

6-17-102

83

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC57: Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint
Symbol

42 Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint

-XC57

Construction/Dimensions

CJ1

Series CY1R
Series REAR, REBR

CJP

For 6, 10, 15
Bolt fixed from
the upside

Cap bolt fixed from the underside


Bolt size: MD

4-SS thread depth S


(Helical insert thread)

4-Counterbore dia. BB
4-Counterbore depth CC
Body

CJ2
CM2

Switch rail
HB Note 1)

FF Note 1)

CG1
MB
MB1
Floating block

FE Note 1)

CA2

View D-D

For 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63

Cap bolt fixed from the upside

Cap bolt fixed from the underside


Bolt size: MD

(Helical insert thread)

CS1

Floating block
Body

C76

Switch rail

FF Note 1)

HB Note 1)

R Note 2)

C85
C95
CP95
NCM

View D-D

NCA
Bore size (mm)

6
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
63

BA

BB

CC

FC

FE(1) FF(1)

FG

FH

9.5

3.4

6.5

3.3

5.5 10.5

11.5

3.4

6.5

3.3

13

HL

LA

LF

MD

R(2)

SS

WF

XA

XB

26

23

34

15

7.5

M3

3.5

M3 x 0.5

10

33

30

38

15

7.5

M3

3.5

M3 x 0.5

12

53

17

8.5

M4

4.5

M4 x 0.7

14

45

14

62

29

14.5

M3

4.5

M4 x 0.7

34

26

51

17

70

29

14.5

M4

5.5

M5 x 0.8

39

31

62.5 22

76

34

17

M5

10

6.5

M6 x 1

50

41

7.5

74.5 28

90

39

19.5

M5

10

M6 x 1

60

45

92.5 38

110

39

19.5

M6

15

M8 x 1.25

78

60

18

4.5

4.4

4.5

6.5

7.5 14.5

16.5

6.5

20.5

21

9.5

7.5

4.5

25.5

9.5

7.5

35.5

7.5

11

HB(1)

38.5 35.5

6.5
10

M8 x 1.25 90
118 49 24.5 M6
3
18
104.5 39
70

34.5

7.5 10
15 10
Note 1) With dimension FE, FF, and HB, the amount of clearance between the body and the floating joint is 1 mm. The self weight deflection of the
cylinder tube is not taken into account. Before operating the cylinder, determine the proper value by taking the amount of self weight deflection
and the amount of off-centering with the other shaft into consideration.
Note 2) When the bolts are secured from above, be aware that if the cylinder is operated when dimension R is exceeded, the end of the bolt could
come in contact with the body, without being able to achieve the floating effect.
Note 3) Now the CY1R series bore size 15, 20, 25, 32, 40 have been replaced by the CY3R series respectively.

6-17-103

D-X
20Data

84

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC57: Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint (CY3R)
Symbol

42 Rodless Cylinder with Floating Joint (CY3R)


CY3R Bore size Port thread type

Specifications

XC57

Stroke

-XC57

Bore size

15, 20, 25, 32, 40

Note) Since the body of this cylinder is designed for connection with a
floating joint, and cannot be connected to the bodies of standard
products, please contact SMC if necessary.

With floating joint

A special floating joint is added to the Series CY3R, and the number of
connections to the guide on the other axis (the load side) is reduced.
The attachment of the bolt to the floating joint and the load is not limited to
the top or bottom.

Dimensions
15
D
HL
XA FH

Attached from bottom


with CAP bolt
Bolt size: MD

4-SS thread depth S


(Helical insert depth)

Attached from top


with bolt

X A FG

4-recessed area diameter BB


4-recessed area depth CC

LA

4-BA

LF

Body

FF

Note 1)

X A FG
XA FH
HL
HB Note 1)

Switch rail

D'

FE Note 1)

Floating block

Section D-D'

20, 25, 32, 40

D
Attached from top
with CAP bolt

Attached from bottom


with CAP bolt
Bolt size: MD

2-SS
(Helical insert thread)

LF

Body

FF Note 1)

Note 2) R

Switch rail

Note 1) HB

HL

FG

Floating block

L
LA

XB

WF
XA

FC

D'

Section D-D'

(mm)
(1)

FE

(1)

(1)

(2)

Model

BA

BB

CC

FC

FF

FG

FH

HB

HL

LA

LF

MD

SS

WF

XA

XB

CY3R15
CY3R20
CY3R25
CY3R32
CY3R40

18

4.5

4.4

4.5

6.5

7.5

14.5

38.5

35.5

53

17

8.5

M4

4.5

M4 x 0.7

14

16.5

6.5

45

14

62

29

14.5

M3

4.5

M4 x 0.7

34

26

20.5

51

17

70

29

14.5

M4

5.5

M5 x 0.8

39

31

21

9.5

7.5

4.5

62.5

22

76

34

17

M5

10

6.5

M6 x 1

50

41

25.5

9.5

7.5

7.5

74.5

28

90

39

19.5

M5

10

6.5

M6 x 1

60

45

Note 1) FE, FF and HB provide a clearance of 1 mm between the body and the floating joint, but do not consider dead weight deflection of the cylinder
tube, etc. When put into operation, an appropriate value should be set which considers dead weight deflection an alignment variations with
respect to the other axis. (Refer to the dead weight deflection table separately.)
Note 2) Use caution when attached from the top and operated at or above dimension R, because the end of the screw will contact the body, and floating
cannot be maintained in some cases.

6-17-104

85

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC58: Water Resistant Type/Built-in Hard
Plastic Magnet
Symbol

43 Water Resistant Type/Built-in Hard Plastic Magnet

-XC58

Magnet for auto switch for water resistant cylinder is changed to hard plastic magnet in order to prevent a magnet from swelling.

How to Order

CJ1

MGG M Mounting style

Bore size V

Slide bearing

Stroke

G5BAL

Water resistant cylinder

XC58
Water resistant type/Built-in hard plastic magnet

V FKM seals (Fluoro rubber) Water resistant 2-color indication

CJP
CJ2

Solid state switch

CM2

Specifications
MGGM
32, 40, 50

Series
Bore size (mm)

CG1

Slide bearing

Bearing type

MB

Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.


Possible to mount an auto switch. (Water resistant, improved type)
Note) RBL (coolant resistant) type shock absorbers are used.

MB1

Bore size (mm)

32

25

13

39

86 (94)

40

29

14

46

96 (105)

CA2
CS1

50
31
15
57
109 (121)
( ): Denotes the dimensions for long stroke.
External dimensions other than above are the same as standard type.

C76
C85

Dimensions

C95

32 to 50

Front mounting flange

CP95
NCM
NCA
D-X

Q
X

20-

Y + Stroke

Data
How to Order
CDA2 Mounting types Bore size V
Water resistant cylinder

Fluoro rubber seal

Stroke

XC58
Water resistant type
/Built-in hard plastic
maganet

6-17-105

86

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC59: Fluoro Rubber Seals, Built-in Hard Plastic Magnet
-XC67: Dust Seal Band NBR Lining Specifications
Symbol

44 Fluoro Rubber Seals/Built-in Hard Plastic Magnet

-XC59

The one which changed to the hard plastic magnet from the magnet which is used for auto switches to be used for cylinders having seals, etc. made
of fluoro rubber. It prevents a magnet from swelling.

How to Order
MGG M Mounting style Bore size

Stroke

XC59

Slide bearing

Fluoro rubber seals/Built-in hard plastic magnet

Specifications

Caution
MGGM
20, 25, 32, 40, 50
50 to 500 mm/s

Series
Bore size (mm)
Piston speed

Specifications and external dimensions other than above are the same as
standard type.
RBL type shock absorbers are used.

1. Please confirm with SMC, as the type of chemical and the operating
temperature may not allow the use of this product.
2. Cylinders with auto switches can also be produced; however, auto switch
related parts (auto switch units, mounting brackets, built-in magnets) are
the same as standard products. Before using these, please contact SMC
regarding their suitability for the operating environment.

Dimensions
20 to 50

Front mounting flange

Bore size
(mm)

20

14

25

14

32

13

40

14

50

15

Dimensions other than above are the same as standard type.

How to Order
CDA2 Standard part No.

Caution

XC59
Fluoro rubber seals
/Built-in hard plastic magnet

1. Please confirm with SMC, as the type of chemical and the operating
temperature may not allow the use of this product.
2. Cylinders with auto switches can also be produced; however, auto switch
related parts (auto switch units, mounting brackets, built-in magnets) are
the same as standard products. Before using these, please contact SMC
regarding their suitability for the operating environment.

Symbol

45 Dust Seal Band NBR Lining Specifications

-XC67

The standard vinyl chloride lining specification is changed to NBR lining


Oil resistance and peeling resistance are improved.

For ordering dust seal band (NBR lining) only

Note) Please consult with SMC for specific details on oil resistance.

MY Bore size 16 B

Stroke

MY1 B Bore size Stroke Auto switch Suffix XC67


Series: Bore size

10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Basic type
B
M (W) Slide bearing type (With cover)
C (W) Cam follower guide type (With cover)
High precision guide type
H
HT High rigidity/High precision guide type

6-17-106

Dust seal band


Hexagon socket head set
screw thread treatment
Nil

Example) MY25-16BNW-300
Please contact SMC for . Furthermore, 10, 80 and 100 are available only in stainless steel plate and
the NBR lining specification is not
available.

Example) MY1B40G-300L-Z73-XC67

Dust seal band


NBR lining

Black zinc chromated

Nickel plated
W
For details, refer to Dust seal
band in the construction of
each series.

87

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC69: Series MGP with Shock Absorber
Symbol

46 Series MGP with Shock Absorber

-XC69

How to Order

32

MGP M

50

Z73

XC69
With shock absorber

Compact guide cylinder

CJP

Suffix for auto switch

Bearing type
M
L

CJ1

CJ2

Auto switch

Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing

Cylinder stroke (mm)

CM2

Bore size (mm)

CG1

Specifications of Extension Adjusting Mechanism


Bore size (mm)
Shock absorber model
Maximum energy absorpotion (J)
Stroke adjustment range (mm)
Piston speed

20, 25
32, 40
50, 63
12, 16
RB0806 RB1007 RB1411 RB2015
58.8
2.94
19.6
5.88
0 to 15
0 to 25
Refer to the graph below.

MB

80, 100
RB2725
147
0 to 30

MB1
CA2

Allowable Kinetic Energy

CS1

Load weight and cylinder speed should be observed within the range given in the graph below.
Stroke retracted side (Rubber bumper)
300

300

100

80

63

50

40

40

Load weight (kg)

Load weight (kg)

63

100

50

32
25

10
20
16

C95
CP95

32
25

10

NCM

20
16

NCA

12

12
1

0.5
50

C85

100

80
100

C76

Stroke extended side (Shock absorber)

D-

100

500

0.5
50

100

Hexagon nut 1

Maximum speed (mm/s)

Maximum speed (mm/s)

-X

Bracket for stopper

500

Hexagon nut 2

Mounting

Data

Do not allow hands or fingers near the cylinder during its operation.
If finger, etc. were to get caught between shock absorber and body, it might damage on
the human body and the peripheral equipment. Take protective measures by mounting a
protective cover, etc. as necessary.

Shock absorber
Adjusting screw
End plate

Basically, avoid bottom-mounting a cylinder.


Mounting space is limited owing to the guide rod and the end plate, etc. Mount a
cylinder by the top mounting or side mounting.

Adjust it so that the end of an adjusting


screw hit directly on the stopper bracket.

Adjustment
1. How to adjust an adjusting screw (Stroke adjustment)

Shock absorber

Loosen only the hexagon nut 1, then turn the adjusting screw to adjust the stroke.
After adjusting, lock it with the hexagon nut 1. Fix it at the position ejected from the
end plate, so that the end face of an adjusting screw could hit the bracket for stopper
directly. (Refer to the figure right above.)

2. How to replace shock absorbers


Loosen hexagon nut 2, and turn a shock absorber counterclockwise for removal. For
installing a new shock absorber, fix it at the position that the end face of an adjusting
screw sticks out by 0.5 mm from a shock absorber. (Refer to the figure on the right.)
After adjusting the position of shock absorber, be sure to secure with hexagon nut 2.

20-

Adjusting screw

0.5 mm
6-17-107

88

Made to Order Common Specifications:


Series MGP with Shock Absorber

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC69: Series MGP with Shock Absorber

Symbol

46 Series MGP with Shock Absorber

-XC69
Dimensions

Dimensions
Z

12 to 63

80 to 100

WA

Z
WB

WB
XAH7 depth XL

CJ1

WA

CJP

6H7 depth 10

CJ2

4-YY depth YL
Section XX

4-NN through

Section XX

2
6.2
2.5 6.7
2.8 7.8
3
8.2
3.5 9.5
4 11
4.5 13.5
7 18.5

6H7

MB
L

4-OA through
4-OB counterbore depth OL

WA

CM2
CG1

4-MM depth ML

MB1

d
e

10
Detailed figure of XX section

RR

MB

3.7
3.7
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
10

Bore size
(mm) a b c d e
80 13.3 20.3 12
8 22.5
100 15.3 23.3 13.5 10 30

X0.02

T-slot dimensions

7.4
7.4
8.4
8.4
10.5
10.5
13.5
17.8

XL
Detailed figure of XX section

6H7

c d
e

XAH7 XC

4.4
4.4
5.4
5.4
6.5
6.5
8.5
11

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63

b
X0.02

XB

XAH7

Bore size
a
(mm)

CA2

T-slot dimensions

RB

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt


VB
VA
MA
H

L
4-MM depth ML

WA

C95

(RA)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 90


125, 150, 175, 200, 250
94
20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100,
109
125, 150, 175, 200,
109.5
250, 300, 350, 400

42
46
53
53.5
135.5 59.5
142 66
155 72
160 77

25, 50, 75, 100,


125, 150, 175, 200,
250, 300, 350, 400

Bore size
(mm) ML

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63

10
12
13
15
20
20
22
22

NN
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

OA OB OL
4.3
4.3
5.6
5.6
6.6
6.6
8.6
8.6

8
8
9.5
9.5
11
11
14
14

DA

29
33
37
37.5
37.5
44
44
49

6
8
10
12
16
16
20
20

DB
Slide

Ball bushing

8
10
12
16
20
20
25
25

6
8
10
13
16
16
20
20

PA PB PW Q

4.5 M5 x 0.8
4.5 M5 x 0.8
5.5 Rc 1/8
5.5 Rc 1/8
7.5 Rc 1/8
7.5 Rc 1/8
9
Rc 1/4
9
Rc 1/4

13
15
12.5
12.5
7
13
9
14

8
10
10.5
13.5
15
18
21.5
28

18
19
25
28.5
34
38
47
55

14
16
18
26
30
30
40
50

FA FB

GA GB GC

7
7
9
9
9
9
10
10

8
8
10
10
12
12
16
16

5
5
6
6
10
10
12
12

26
30
36
42
48
54
64
78

7.5
11
8
11
10.5 8.5
11.5 9
12.5 9
14 10
14 11
16.5 13.5

RA

RB

RR

48
54
70
78
96
104
130
130

33
33
37
37
55
55
57
57

RB0806
RB0806
RB1007
RB1007
RB1412
RB1412
RB2015
RB2015

M12 x 1.5
M12 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M27 x 1.5
M27 x 1.5

22
25
30
38
44
44
60
70

56
62
81
91
110
118
146
158

MGP12 to 25 WA, WB Dimensions


Bore
size
(mm)

30 st or less

12
16
20
25

20
24
24
24

6-17-108

40
44
44
44

110
110
120
120

Over
300 st

Bore
size
(mm)

25 st or less

167
167

32
40
50
63

24
24
24
28

WB
200
200
200
200

Over
300 st

30 st or less

300
300

15
17
29
29

HA

MA MB MC MT

58
64
83
93
112
120
148
162

M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M8
M10

13
15
18
21
24
27
32
39

13
15
18
21
24
27
32
39

18
22
24
30
34
40
46
58

51
58
68
82
100
108
139
153

VA VB

41 50 37
46 56 38
54 72 44
64 82 50
78 98 63
86 106 72
110 130 92
124 142 110

23
24
28
34
42
50
66
80

19
19
30
30
38
38
60
60

8
8
10
10
12
12
16
16

XA XB XC XL
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5

3.5
3.5
3.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6
6

3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4

6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8

MM
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

6
6
8
8
8
8
9
9

YY

YL

M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

10
10
12
12
16
16
20
20

5
5
17
17
21
22
24
24

MGP32 to 63 WA, WB Dimensions

WA
Over 30 st Over 100 st Over 200 st
to 100 st to 200 st
to 300 st

11
11
10.5
11.5
12.5
14
12
16.5

Over 30 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st
to 200 st
to 300 st

25
27
39
39

60
60
77
77

105
105
117
117

WA

WB

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st
to 200 st
to 300 st

48
48
48
52

124
124
124
128

200
200
200
200

Over
300 st

25 st or less

300
300
300
300

33
34
36
38

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st
to 200 st
to 300 st

45
46
48
50

83
84
86
88

121
122
124
124

Over
300 st

171
172
174
174

DB

Standard stroke
(mm)

PW

A+ Stroke x 2

Bore size
(mm)

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt


VB
VA
MA
H

MC

E+ Stroke

X
U

C + Stroke
B + Stroke

PB
J
G

T
R

FA FB

Q
S

2-P
(Plug)

GB

DA

MT

PA + Stroke

X0.02

2-P

GC
GA

XAH7 depth XL

C76
C85

M36 x 1.5
RB2725

DB

PW

X
U

X0.02
T
R

4-OA through
4-OB counterbore depth 8

4-NN through
Section XX

CS1

75

4-YY depth YL
Section XX

2-Rc 3/8
GC
GA

16

PA + Stroke

FA FB

Q
S

80
100

Standard stroke
(mm)

100

DA

25, 50, 75, 100


212.5 96.5 56.5 25
125, 150, 175, 200
250, 300, 350, 400 232 116 66
30

Bore
size OB PA PB PW Q
(mm)

80

(Plug)

GB

JB

C + Stroke
17 + Stroke MC
B + Stroke
A+ Stroke x 2

(RA)

PB
10
JA
J

RA

Ball FA FB
Slide bushing

GA GB GC

HA

JA JB

25

22 18

36

30

25 25 111.5 23 19

18

VA VB

25 st

L MA MC MM

ML

NN

OA

7.5 46

54 190 22 M12 x 1.75 25 M12 x 1.75 10.6

240 M14 55.5 45 10.5 56

62 228 25 M14 x 2.0 31 M14 x 2.0 12.5

91.5 19 15.5 14.5 202 M12 45.5 38

30

WB

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

Over
300 st

25 st

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

Over
300 st

YY

YL

17.5 14.5 25.5 74 52 174 77 75 198 156 180 140

28

52

128

200

300

42

54

92

128

178

100 M12 x 1.75 24

28

17.5 32.5 89 64 210 74 90 236 188 210 166

48

72

148

220

320

35

47

85

121

171

124 M14 x 2.0 28

11

20

D-

Data
G

WA
R

NCA

202-Rc 3/8

DB
B

NCM

-X

6H7 depth XL

Bore
size
(mm)

CP95

6-17-109

89

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC71: Helical Insert Thread Specifications
-XC72: Without Built-in Auto Switch Magnet
Symbol

47 Helical Insert Thread Specifications

-XC71

The guide body mounting threads are helical insert threads.

How to Order
MGG Bearing type B Bore size
Basic style

Stroke

XC71

Helical insert thread


specifications

Specifications
Bore size (mm)

MGGB
20, 25, 32, 40, 50

Mounting style

Basic style

Series

Specifications other than above are the same as standard


type.

Dimensions
20 to 50

Bottom 4-H (Helical insert)

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50

AF

M6 x 1 depth 12

M5 x 0.8 depth 7.5

M8 x 1.25 depth 16

M6 x 1 depth 9

M8 x 1.25 depth 16

M6 x 1 depth 9

M10 x 1.5 depth 20 M8 x 1.25 depth 12


M12 x 1.75 depth 24 M10 x 1.5 depth 15

External dimensions other than above are the


same as standard type.

8-AF (Helical insert)

Symbol

48 Without Built-in Auto Switch Magnet


This cylinder type does not have built-in auto switch magnet.

How to Order
Standard model no.

MGG

XC72

Without built-in auto switch magnet

Specifications
Series
Bore size (mm)
Auto switch

MGG
20, 25, 32, 40, 50
Not mountable

Specifications and external dimensions other than above are the same as
standard type.

6-17-110

-XC72

90

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC73: Built-in Cylinder with Lock (CDNG)
Symbol

49 Built-in Cylinder with Lock (CDNG)

-XC73

This type has a built-in cylinder with lock, which accommodates intermediate stops, emergency stops and drop prevention, etc.

How to Order
MGG

CJ1

XC73

Standard model no.

CJP

Built-in cylinder with lock

Specifications

CJ2

MGG

Series
20

Bore size (mm)

32

25

40

CM2

CDNGBN Bore size Stroke D Auto switch

Basic cylinder

0.2 MPa (Horizontal with no load)

Minimum operating pressure

CG1

50 to 1000 mm/s Note)

Piston speed
Stroke adjustment range (One side)

MB

0 to 15 mm

[Built-in adjusting bolts (2 pcs.)]


Non-rotating accuracy

Slide bearing

(Except deflection of
guide rods)

0.06

0.05

0.04

Ball bushing bearing

0.04

0.04

0.04

MB1

RB2015

RB1412

Shock absorber model

CA2

Note) When the piston is locked, the load weight is limited by the mounting
orientation and the operating pressure.
For lock specifications, etc., refer to the catalog Series CNG Cylinder with Lock.
Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

CS1
C76

Dimensions
Rc 1/8 unlocking port
Unlocked when pressurized

U
W

NCM

GK

K
L

Width across flats XA


Unlocking cam

C95
CP95

S
E
B

GC

C85

4-F through, Counterbore G


Bottom 4-H
Rc 1/8 rod side cylinder port Rc 1/8 head side cylinder port

4-O

GR

N
M

GL
GQ

Basic style
20 to 40

NCA
Width across flats 12
Element

PG
PL
Q

J
AA

AP
V

D-

R
A

-X

AB
Y + Stroke
Z + Stroke

AC

20-

8-AF

AD

AE

Data
Standard Stroke
Bore size Stroke range
(mm)
(mm)
20
25
32
40

A AA AB AC AD AE

75, 100, 125, 150, 200 129 12


75, 100, 125 149 16

16

150, 200, 250 149 16


300
182 19

19

19
21

AF

AP B

G GC GK GL GQ GR

19 100 35 M6 x 1 depth 12 35 135 29


80 118 6.6 11 depth 8
19 120 40 M8 x 1.25 depth 16 45 170 29 100 150 9 14 depth 10
19 120 40 M8 x 1.25 depth 16 45 170 29 100 150 9 14 depth 10
22 150 45 M10 x 1.5 depth 20 50 194 37 120 170 11 17 depth 12

27

5.5

34

6.5

10

34

6.5

10

38

11

12

4 M10 x 1.5 depth 18 40


7 M12 x 1.75 depth 21 50

J
73
93

7 M12 x 1.75 depth 21 50 93


7 M14 x 2 depth 25 55 103

Long Stroke
Bore size
K
(mm)

20

80 106 35

25

95 134 50

32

95 134 50

40

115 152 56

PG PL

16 114

65

52

30

152 194

20

250 to 400

14 160

20 138

84

62

37

162 228

25

350 to 500

14 170

38

20 138

84

62

37

165 228

32

350 to 600

14 173

47

25 164

94

75

44

183 274

40

350 to 800

15 192

60 M6 x 1 depth 9 30.5 74 94 12
75 M8 x 1.25 depth 13 35.5 82 105 12
75 M8 x 1.25 depth 13 35.5 82 106 12
90 M10 x 1.5 depth 16 40 93 116 12

26
31

XA Y

Bore size Stroke range


(mm)
(mm)

6-17-111

91

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC73: Built-in Cylinder with Lock (CDNG)
Symbol

49 Built-in Cylinder with Lock (CDNG)

-XC73

Dimensions
4-O

Rc 1/8 head side


cylinder port

U
W

GK

K
L

S
B

GC
AH
AG

Rc 1/8 rod side


cylinder port

Rc 1/8 unlocking port


Unlocked when pressurized
GR

N
M

GL
GQ

Front mounting
flange style
20 to 40

4-AK hole

Width across flats XA


Unlocking cam

I
J
AI
AJ

Width across flats 12


Element

AL
PG
PL
Q

AP
V

R
A

AA

AB
Y + Stroke
Z + Stroke

AG

For 4-AO

AM

Cutout window

AI

AN

Mounting dimensions

Standard Stroke
Bore size Stroke range
(mm)
(mm)
20
25
32

A AA AB AG AH AI AJ AK AL AM AN AO AP B

75, 100, 125, 150, 200 129 12


75, 100, 125 149 16
150, 200, 250 149 16

40

300

182 19

16 134 150 102 118

19 170 186 134 150

19 170 186 134 150

85 140 M8 35 135
9 105 175 M8 45 170
9 105 175 M8 45 170

21 190 210 140 160 11

12 115 200 M10 50 194

GC GK GL GQ GR I

20
25
32
40

X XA Y

M6 x 1 depth 9 30.5 74 94 12
M8 x 1.25 depth 13 35.5 82 105 12
M8 x 1.25 depth 13 35.5 82 106 12
M10 x 1.5 depth 16 40
93 116 12

26

16 114 65

52

30

31

20 138 84

62

37

38

20 138 84

62

37

47

25 164 94

75

44

6-17-112

PG PL Q

27 5.5

40

73

80 106 35

60

34 6.5

10

50

93

95 134 50

75

34 6.5

10

50

93

95 134 50

75

11

12

55 103 115 152 56

90

38 7

Long Stroke
Bore size
(mm)

Bore size Stroke range


(mm)
(mm)

152 194
162 228

20

250 to 400

14 160

25

350 to 500

14 170

165 228
183 274

32

350 to 600

14 173

40

350 to 800

15 192

92

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC74: With Front Plate for MGG Cylinder
Symbol

50 With Front Plate for MGG Cylinder

-XC74

Type using MGG cylinders standard front plate.

How to Order
MGC

CJ1

Standard model no.

XC74

CJP
With the front plate for MGG cylinder

CJ2

Specifications

CM2

MGC

Applicable series
Bore size (mm)

CG1

20, 25, 32, 40, 50

Fluid

Air

Minimum operating pressure

MB

0.15 MPa (Horizontal, No-load)

Piston speed

50 to 750 mm/s

Auto switch

MB1

Mountable

CA2

Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.

CS1
Dimensions

C76
C85

4-0 through

C95
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50

80

25

45

M6 x 1

100

35

54

M6 x 1

106

35

60

M6 x 1

134

50

75

M8 x 1.25

CP95
NCM
NCA

152
56
90
M10 x 1.5
External dimensions other than above are the
same as standard type.

D-X
20Data

Front mounting flange

6-17-113

93

Made to Order Common Specifications:


-XC78: Auto Switch Mounting Special
Dimensions at Stroke End
Symbol

51 Auto Switch Mounting Special Dimensions at Stroke End

-XC78

Auto switch mounting position at stroke end is assembled like below.

How to Order
MGC

XC78

Standard model no.

Auto switch mounting special dimensions at stroke end

Specifications
Guide cylinder

Applicable cylinder
Series

MGC

Bore size (mm)

20, 25, 32, 40, 50


Same specifications as standard type

Specifications other than above

Same dimensions as standard type

External dimensions

D-C7/C8
D-H7

8.5

16

11.5

Auto switch
D-C7/C8, D-H7

D-B5/B6
D-G5/K5

14.5

12

24.5

Auto switch
D-B5/B6, D-G5/K5

D-B7/B8
D-G7/K7

A 8.5

11

14.5

Auto switch
D-B7/B8, D-G7/K7

Auto Switch Mounting Position


Auto switch
model

Bore size
(mm)

D-B7/B8
D-B73C
D-B80C
D-G7/K7
D-K79C
A

20

31

25

31

32

32

40

36.5

50

44

B
21.5
(29.5)
21.5
(29.5)
22.5
(30.5)
25
(34)
29.5
(41.5)

( ): Denotes the values of long strokes.

6-17-114

D-C7/C8
D-C73C
D-C80C
A
30
30
31
35.5
43

B
20.5
(28.5)
20.5
(28.5)
21.5
(29.5)
24
(33)
28.5
(40.5)

D-B7/B8
D-B73C
D-B80C
D-G7/K7
D-K79C
A
24
24
25
29.5
37

B
15
(22.5)
15
(22.5)
15
(23.5)
18
(27)
22.5
(34.5)

D-H7
D-H7C

D-B59W
A
27
27
28
32.5
40

B
17.5
(25.5)
17.5
(25.5)
18.5
(26.5)
21
(30)
25.5
(37.5)

A
29
29
30
34.5
42

B
19.5
(27.5)
19.5
(27.5)
20.5
(28.5)
33
(32)
27.5
(39.5)

D-H7W
D-H79F
D-H7BAL
A
27.5
27.5
28.5
33
40.5

B
18
(26)
18
(26)
19
(27)
21.5
(30.5)
26
(38)

D-G5
D-K5
D-G5NYL
A
25.5
25.5
26.5
31
38.5

B
16
(24)
16
(24)
17
(25)
19.5
(28.5)
24
(36)

94

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Air Slide Table
Series MXS/MXQ/MXF/MXW

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MXS standard type, refer to page 8-4-8.
For Series MXQ standard type, refer to page 8-5-8.
For Series MXF standard type, refer to page 8-6-2.
For Series MXW standard type, refer to page 8-7-6.

Symbol

Anti-corrosive Specifications for Guide Unit -X42

MXS Standard model no.

X42

Symbol

MXQ Standard model no.

Anti-corrosive specifications
for guide unit

Rail and guide are given anti-corrosive treatment.

Anti-corrosive

Bore size (mm)

Surface treatment

Anti-corrosive specifications
for guide unit

Specifications

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25

Fluid

X42

Martensitic stainless steel is used for table and guide block. Use this
treatment if more effective anti-corrosiveness is necessary.
Table and guide block are given anti-corrosive treatment.

Specifications
Type

-X42

Anti-corrosive Specifications for Guide Unit

Anti-corrosive

Type

Air

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25

Bore size (mm)

Special anti-corrosive treatment (2)

Air

Fluid

Note 1) Dimensions are the same as standard type.


Note 2) Special anti-corrosive treatment makes the rail and the guide black.

Surface treatment

Special anti-corrosive treatment (2)

Note 1) Dimensions are the same as standard type.


Note 2) Special anti-corrosive treatment makes table and the guide block
black.

MXF Standard model no.

X42
Symbol
Anti-corrosive specification.
for guide unit

Rail and guide are given anti-corrosive treatment.

MXQ Standard model no.

Specifications
Anti-corrosive

Bore size (mm)

8, 12, 16, 20
Air

Fluid

Special anti-corrosive treatment (2)

Note 1) Dimensions are the same as standard type.


Note 2) Special anti-corrosive treatment makes the rail and the guide black.

Heat treated chrome-molybdenum steel (SCM435) stroke adjusting


thread is used to reduce wearing of metal stopper.

Specifications
Bore size (mm)
Fluid
Piston speed
Cushion

MXW Standard model no.

X42

Stroke adjustment range

Anti-corrosive specifications
for guide unit

Rail and guide block are given rust proof treatment.

Specifications
Type
Bore size (mm)
Fluid
Surface treatment

Anti-corrosive specification type


8, 12, 16, 20, 25
Air
Special rust proof treatment (2)

Note 1) Dimensions are the same as standard type.


Note 2) Special anti-corrosive treatment makes the rail and the guide block
black.

8-31-112

X16
Heat treated metal stopper

Type

Surface treatment

-X16

Heat Treated Metal Stopper

6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 25


Air
50 to 200 mm/s
None
0 to 5 mm

95

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Slide Unit Double Rod
Series CX

Symbol

Applicable Series
Symbol Specifications/Description

No.

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

CXWM

CXWL

-X146 Hollow piston rod

-X138 Adjustable stroke

-X168 Helical insert thread

Symbol

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series CX standard type, refer to page 8-26-8.

Hollow Piston Rod Specifications -X146

C Auto switch X

Type Bore size

Type Bore size

Stroke

X146

Hollow piston rod

Piping on the plate side can be used pressurization and evacuation.


For cylinder drive, piping shall be on the housing port. (The slide unit
operation with piping on the plate side impossible.)

Specifications
Bearing
Series
Type
Bore size (mm)
Cushion

Stroke

X138

MX

Adjustable stroke

Adjustment of +2 to 25 mm (max. 12.5 mm on one side) is possible


exceeding the stroke adjustment range (2 mm stroke) of standard type.

MTS

Specifications

MY

Bearing

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

Series

CXWM

CXWL

Type

C Auto switch X

-X138

Adjustable Stroke

Non-lube

CY

Non-lube

MG

10, 16, 20, 25, 32

Bore size (mm)

CX

Built-in shock absorber

Cushion
Stroke
adjustable
range

+2 mm to 25 mm (One side: Maximum 12.5 mm)

1 Air-hydro type is not available for size 10.

-X

Dimensions
Slide bearing

20-

Ball bushing bearing

CXWM

CXWL

Non-lube

Non-lube

CXW ML 10 to 25

Data

10, 16, 20, 25, 32


Built-in shock absorber

Air-hydro type is not available for size 10.

Construction
10

ZZ
M
L

CXW 20/32

ZZ

15, 16, 25

(mm)
Model

20, 32

CXWM10
CXWM16
CXWM20
CXWM25
CXWM32
CXWL10
CXWL16
CXWL20
CXWL25
CXWL32

A
(Max.) 25 st
(1)

50 st

75 st

ZZ
100 st 125 st 150 st 175 st 200 st

20

176

204

254

304

18

184 (1) 212

262

312

362

412

462

512

175 (2) 200

250

300

350

400

450

500

19

203 (1) 229

279

329

379

429

479

529

10

221 (2) 271 (2) 283

333

383

433

483

533

20

188

238

288

338

18

208

258

308

358

408

458

508

558

194

244

294

344

394

444

494

544

19

225

275

325

375

425

475

525

575

262 (2) 274

324

374

424

474

524

574

10

D-

Note 1) In the case of 25 strokes of CXWM10, 16, and 25, the shock
absorber is mounted on both side plate and it also serves as
-X138.
Note 2) In the case of 25 stroke of CXWM20, 25 and 50 stroke type
of CXWM32 and 25 stroke type of CXWL32, the shock
absorber is mounted on one side plate and it also serves as
-X138. Adjustable bolt style for -X138 is mounted on a plate
on opposite side of the shock absorber.

8-31-113

96

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Slide Unit Double Rod
Series CX

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series CX standard type, refer to page 8-26-8.

Symbol

-X168

CX Helical Insert Thread Specifications

C Auto switch X

Type Bore size

Stroke

X168

Helical insert thread specifications


In this style, helical insert thread is used for mounting the housing.

Specifications
Bearing

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

Series

CXWM

CXWL

Type

Non-lube

Non-lube
10, 16, 20, 25, 32

Bore size (mm)

Built-in shock absorber

Cushion

Air-hydro type is not available for size 10.

Dimensions
G

2-M4 x 0.7
Helical insert thread depth 6

Helical Insert Thread


Series

CXWM/L
CXWM/L
CXWM/L
CXWM/L

J
4-M5 x 0.8
4-M6 x 1.0
4-M6 x 1.0
4-M8 x 1.25

Bore size (mm)


16
20
25
32

K
Helical insert thread depth 7
Helical insert thread depth 6
Helical insert thread depth 9
Helical insert thread depth 12

CXWM16, CXWL16, CXWM25, CXWL25

CXWM10, CXWL10
P

4-J
Herical insert thread depth K

4-M4 x 0.7
Helical insert thread depth 6

CXWM16
CXWM10

Stroke

CXWL10
F
21
26
26
26

Model

CXWM10-25
CXWM10-50
CXWM10-75
CXWM10-100

P
25
40
65
90

Model

CXWL10-25
CXWL10-50
CXWL10-75
CXWL10-100

F
35.5
38
40.5
43

CXWM20, CXWL20, CXWM32, CXWL32


F

4-J
Herical insert thread depth K

P
30
50
70
90

25 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
125 mm
150 mm
175 mm
200 mm

25 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
125 mm
150 mm
175 mm
200 mm

25 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
125 mm
150 mm
175 mm
200 mm

CXWM20
P
F
25
27
35
34.5
60
34.5
75
39.5
44.5
57
90
69.5
82

8-31-114

CXWL20
P
F
35.5 52
48
56.5 60
54
66.5
90
79
91.5
104

CXWM32
P
F
22
37
45
70
95
125
38
145
175
195

CXWL32
F
P
55
80
105
130
41
155
180
205
230

CXWL16
P
25
30
60
75
90
90
90
90

Stroke

53

25 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
125 mm
150 mm
175 mm
200 mm

CXWM25
Stroke

Stroke

F
25
35
32.5
37.5
42.5
55
67.5
80

F
28.5
31
33.5
33.5
46
58.5
71
83.5

F
34.5
47
53
53
65.5
78
90.5
103

P
52
52
65
90
90
90
90
90

53

CXWL25
P
25
45
65
90
90
90
90
90

67

Stroke

25 mm 31.5
50 mm 31.5
75 mm 56.5
100 mm 56.5
125 mm 69
150 mm 81.5
175 mm 94
200 mm 106.5

P
65
90
65
90
90
90
90
90

67

97

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Air Slide Table
Series MXP

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MXP standard type, refer to page 8-8-8.

Symbol

-X383

Low Pre-load Specifications

MXP

Standard model no.

MXPJ6 Standard model no.

Symbol

Heat Treated Metal Stopper

MXP Standard model no.

X383

-X16

X16
Heat treated metal stopper

X383

Heat treated chrome-molybdenum steel (SCM435) stroke adjusting


thread is used to reduce wearing of metal stopper.

Low pre-load

No clearance with pre-load

Bore size (mm)

10, 12

16

Piston speed
Cushion

50 to 200 mm/s

CX

None

Stroke adjusting range 0 to 6 mm one side only Each 0 to 5 mm at both ends Each 0 to 4 mm at both ends

Fixed body

CY
MG

Air

Fluid

Radial
clearance

MTS
MY

Specifications
Radial
clearance

MX

D-

Construction and dimensions are the same as standard type.

-X

Radial Clearance

20-

(m)
Type
Radial clearance
Standard radial clearance

MXPJ6
MXP6

MXP10

MXP12

MXP16

4 to 0

6 to 0

10 to 0

14 to 0

Data

Symbol

Anti-corrosive Specifications for Guide Unit -X42

MXP

Standard model no.

MXPJ6 Standard model no.

X42
X42

Anti-corrosive specifications
for guide unit

Martensitic stainless steel is used for body, table and guide block. Use
this treatment if more effective anti-corrosiveness is necessary.

Specifications
Type
Bore size (mm)
Fluid
Surface treatment

Anti-corrosive specification type


6, 10, 12, 16
Air
Special anti-corrosive treatment (2)

Note 1) Dimensions are the same as standard type.


Note 2) Special anti-corrosive treatment makes the body, the table and the
guide black.

8-31-115

98

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Air Slide Table
Series MXP

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MXP standard type, refer to page 8-8-8.

Symbol

-X23

Axial Piping Port Set Screw

MXP

X23

Standard model no.

MXPJ6 Standard model no.

Symbol

Adjusting Nut, Long Specifications -X51

MXP Standard model no.

X51
Adjusting nut,
long specifications

X23
Axial piping port
set screw

Overall length of an adjusting nut is longer, so that stroke adjusting


work can be done in any direction.

The plug (M-3P, M-5P) in the piping port for the axial direction has
been changed to a hexagon socket set screw to shorten the overall
length.
Note) The hexagon socket screw is secured by thread-lock adhesive
and cannot be removed.

Dimensions

Dimensions

MXPJ6

MXP10/12/16

Standard
product
2-plugs: M-3P

2.4

Standard
product

2.4

-X23
2-hexagon socket set screws: M3

(mm)

Model

MXPJ6-5-X23
MXPJ6-10-X23

44
59

-X51

C
D

Max. B

MXP6
Standard
product
2-plugs: M-3P

2.4

2.4

-X23
(mm)
2-hexagon socket set screws: M3

(mm)

Model

MXP6-5-X23
MXP6-10-X23

45
60

MXP10/12/16
Standard
products
3

2-plugs: M-5P

-X23
2-hexagon socket set screws: M5 x 4

(mm)

8-31-116

Model

MXP10-10-X23
MXP10-20-X23
MXP12-15-X23
MXP12-25-X23
MXP16-20-X23
MXP16-30-X23

60
90
76
106
102
128

Model

MXP10--X51
MXP12--X51
MXP16--X51

20
20
25

10.5
9
12

8
9
10

4.5
5
6

99

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Compact Guide Cylinder
Series MGP

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MGP standard type, refer to page 8-19-8.

Symbol

-X867

Lateral Piping Type (Plug location changed)

MGP ML Bore size

Stroke

Auto switch type Lead wire length No. of auto switches


Cushion
Nil
A

X867

MX

Lateral piping type (Plug location changed)

Rubber bumper
Air cushion

MTS

Type which plugged the port on the front face to utilize the piping port on the side face.

MY

Specifications

CY

Bearing type

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

Series

MGPM

MGPL

Bore size (mm)


Cushion

MG

12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

CX

Rubber bumper, Air cushion

D-X
20Data

Hexagon socket head taper plug


Piping port on the front face

Piping port on the side face

8-31-117

100

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Compact Guide Cylinder
Series MGQ

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MGQ standard type, refer to page 8-20-2.

Symbol

-X168

Helical Insert Thread Specifications

M
MGQ L Bore size

Stroke

Auto switch type

Lead wire length

No. of auto switches

X399

Helical insert thread specifications

Mounting thread type has been changed to the helical insert thread type.

Specifications
Bearing type

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

Series

MGQM

MGQL

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Bore size (mm)


Lubrication

Non-lube

Auto switch

Mountable

4-MM depth ML
(Helical insert)

4-YY depth YL
(Helical insert)
Bore size (mm)

MM

ML

YY

YL

32

M6 x 1.0

12

M6 x 1.0

40

M6 x 1.0

12

M6 x 1.0

50

M8 x 1.25

16

M8 x 1.25

12

63

M8 x 1.25

16

M8 x 1.25

12

80

M10 x 1.5

20

M10 x 1.5

15

100

M12 x 1.75

24

M12 x 1.75

18

Note) Other dimensions are the same as standard type.

Symbol

-X367

Bottom Mounting Style (MGQM type is only available.)

MGQM Bore size

Stroke

Auto switch type

Lead wire length

No. of auto switches

X367

Bottom mounting

ZZ

Same dimensions as for Series


MGQM standard type.

Because the guide rods do not protrude from the bottom surface of the body,
it is not necessary to machine relief holes for the guide rods.

Note) Full length dimension of bushing for guide rod (ZZ) is shorter than the standard type.

8-31-118

Mounting face
of cylinder

101

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Compact Guide Cylinder
Series MGQ

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MGQ standard type, refer to page 8-20-2.

Symbol

-X399

Long Bushing Type (MGQL type is only available.)

MGQL Bore size

Stroke

Auto switch type Lead wire length

No. of auto switches

X399

MX

Long bushing type

32 to 100/MGQL-X399: Long bushing type

MTS
MY
CY
MG
CX
D-X

Bore (mm)

Applicable stroke

32

165

122.5

112.5

42.5

80

40

165

129

119

36

85

50

5, 10, 15, 20,

177

131

119

46

85

63

25, 30, 40, 50

177

136

124

41

85

218

149.5

131.5

68.5

90

228

159

141

69

90

80
100

20Data

Note 1) Dimensions are the same as for standard type of 75 stroke.


Note 2) Applicable stroke is available at 5 mm intervals and the spacer is installed inside.
Note 3) Ball bushing bearing type with 50 stroke or less is twice as long as the normal bearing length to strengthen the guide.

Symbol

-X563

Magnetic Field Resistant Auto Switch (D-P5DW)

MGQ ML Bore size

Stroke

P5DW Lead wire length

Mounting pcs.

X563

Magnetic field resistant auto switch (D-P5DW)

Specifications
Bearing type

Slide bearing

Ball bushing bearing

Series

MGQM

MGQL

40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Bore size (mm)


Lubrication

Non-lube

Auto switch

Mountable

Note) For 25, 50 stroke, the number of available auto switch is 1 pc.

HS

32

Ht

Bore size (mm)

40
50
63
80
100

Hs

Ht

31.5

30.1

35.0

34.7

42.5

36.1

53.5

38.7

60.5

45.1

8-31-119

102

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Guide Cylinder
Series MGG/MGC

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MGG standard type, refer to page 8-21-6.
For Series MGC standard type, refer to page 8-22-4.

Symbol

-X440

With Piping Ports for Grease

This type is equipped with Rc 1/8 piping ports for grease on both sides of the guide body.

MGG Bearing type Mounting style Bore size


MGC Bearing type Mounting style Bore size

X440

Stroke
Stroke

X440

W/ or w/o rear plate

With piping port for grease

Dimensions

Specifications
Applicable series
Bore size (mm)

MGG

MGC

20, 25, 32, 40, 50,


63, 80, 100

20, 25, 32, 40, 50

Piston speed
Auto switch
Specifications other than above

0.15 MPa (Horizontal, No load)


50 to 1000 mm/s

50 to 750 mm/s

Mountable

Front mounting flange

Same specifications as standard type.

63 to 100

Series

MGG MGC

Bore size
(mm)

CL

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

49

42

54

44

64

46.5

77

54.5

92

70.5

100

115

CL

2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)

Front mounting flange

CL

140

Specifications other than above


are the same as standard type.
The standard grease supply port
has a hexagon socket head set
screw.

8-31-120

2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)

CL

Air

Fluid
Minimum operating pressure

MGG
20 to 50

MGC
20 to 50

2-Rc 1/8
(Both sides)

CL
Front mounting flange

103

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Guide Cylinder
Series MGG

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MGG standard type, refer to page 8-21-6.

Symbol

-X440

With Piping Ports for Grease (Water resistant type)

Type with piping port (Rc 1/8) for grease on both sides of guide body.

MGG M Mounting style Bore size R

Stroke

G5BAL

X440

Slide bearing

MX
MTS

With piping ports for grease


Water resistant 2-color indication
Solid state switch

MY

Water resistant cylinder

R
V

CY

NBR seal (Nitrile rubber)

MG

FKM seal (Fluoro rubber)

Specifications

CX

MGGM

Applicable series
Bore size (mm)

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Fluid

D-

Air

Minimum operating pressure

-X

0.15 MPa (Horizontal, No load)

Piston speed

50 to 1000 mm/s

Auto switch

Available for mounting (Water resistant type)

Bearing type

Slide bearing

Specifications other than above

20Data

Same specifications as standard type.

RBL (coolant resistant) type shock absorbers are used.

Dimensions
32 to 50

63 to 100 Front mounting flange

Front mounting flange

Y + Stroke

2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)

Y + Stroke
2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)

CL
Bore size (mm)

CL

32
40
50
63
80
100

25
29

39

86 (94)

64

46

96 (105)

77

31

57

109 (121)

92

34

56

112 (124)

100

46

68

137 (151)

115

CL

47
68
138 (152)
140
( ): Denotes the dimensions for long stroke.
Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.
The standard grease supply port has a hexagon socket head set screw.

8-31-121

104

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Guide Cylinder
Series MGG

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MGG standard type, refer to page 8-21-6.

Symbol

-X772

Auto Switch Rail Mounting Style With Piping Ports for Grease

Cylinder with auto switch rail mounting with piping ports (Rc 1/8) for grease on both sides of guide body.

MGG Bearing type Mounting style Bore size

Stroke

Auto switch type

X772

Suffix for auto switch

Auto switch rail mounting style


With piping ports for grease

Dimensions
32 to 50

63 to 100
Reinforcing bracket
Mounted in the case of 301 mm
or longer strokes

Reinforcing bracket
Mounted in the case of 301 mm
or longer strokes

Front mounting flange

Front mounting flange

A
A

A
R
Y + Stroke

R
Y + Stroke
HU

2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)


Width across flats HT

HU

2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)

Hs
CL

View A-A
CL

Bore size (mm)

CL

HT

HU

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

14

108

49

14

30.7

14

108

54

14

33.2

14

110

64

14

36.5

15

121

77

14

41

16

136

92

17

46.2

16

139

100

17

53.2

23

165

115

23

62.2

23
165
140
26
72.7
Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.
The standard grease supply port has a hexagon socket head set screw.

Auto Switch Mounting Position


Bore size
(mm)

D-A72/A7H/A80H
D-A73C/A80C
D-F7/F7V/F7W D-A73
D-A80
D-F7WV/F7BAL
D-J7

A
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

8-31-122

Auto Switch Mounting Height

D-A79W

D-F7F

D-F7NTL

40.5 39.5

40

39

37.5 36.5 44.5 43.5 45.5 44.5

40.5 39.5

40

39

37.5 36.5 44.5 43.5 45.5 44.5

41.5 40.5

41

40

38.5 37.5 45.5 44.5 46.5 45.5

46.5 43.5

46

43

43.5 40.5 50.5 47.5 51.5 48.5

53.5 51.5

53

51

50.5 48.5 57.5 55.5 58.5 56.5

53.5 51.5

53

51

50.5 48.5 57.5 55.5 58.5 56.5

63.5 51.5

63

51

60.5 48.5 67.5 55.5 68.5 56.5

63.5 51.5

63

51

60.5 48.5 67.5 55.5 68.5 56.5

Bore size
(mm)

B
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

D-A7H/J79W
D-A80H/F7BAL D-A73C
D-A7/A8 D-F7/F7F D-A80C D-F7V D-J79C D-A79W
D-F79/F7NTL D-F7WV
D-F7W

Hs

Hs

Hs

Hs

Hs

Hs

26.5

26.5

32.5

29

31

30

29

29

35

31.5

33.5

32.5

32

32.5

38.5

34.5

36.5

35.5

36.5

37

43

39

41

40

42

42

48

44.5

46.5

45.5

49

49

55

51.5

53.5

52.5

58

58

64

60.5

62.5

61.5

68.5

69

74.5

71

73

72

105

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Guide Cylinder
Series MGG

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series MGG standard type, refer to page 8-21-6.

Symbol

-X772

Auto Switch Rail Mounting Style/With Piping Ports for Grease (Water resistant type)

Type with piping port (Rc 1/8) for grease on both sides of guide body.

MGG M Mounting style Bore size R

F7BAL Suffix for auto switch

Stroke
Water resistant cylinder

Slide bearing

R
V

NBR seals (Nitrile rubber)

X772

Water resistant 2-color indication


Solid state switch

MX

Auto switch rail


mounting with piping
ports for grease

FKM seals (Fluoro rubber)

MTS
MY
CY

Specifications
Applicable series

MG

MGGM

Bore size (mm)

32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Fluid

CX

Air

Minimum operating pressure

0.15 MPa (Horizontal, No-load)

Piston speed

D-

50 to 1000 mm/s

Auto switch

Available for mounting (Water resistant type)

Bearing type

Slide bearing

-X

Other specifications
Same specifications as standard type.
RBL (coolant resistant) type shock absorbers are used.

20Data

Dimensions
32 to 50

63 to 100

Reinforcing bracket
Mounted in the case of
301 mm or longer strokes

Front mounting flange

Reinforcing bracket
Mounted in the case of
301 mm or longer strokes

Front mounting flange

A
A

R
Y + Stroke

R
Y + Stroke

2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)


Width across flats HT

HU

2-Rc 1/8 (Both sides)

HU

Hs
CL

View A-A
CL

Auto Switch
Mounting Position
Bore size (mm)

CL

HT

HU

32
40
50
63
80
100

25

14

39

114

64

14

36.5

29

15

46

125

77

14

41

31

16

57

141

92

17

46.2

34

16

56

144

100

17

46

23

68

171

115

23

53.2

62.2
23
47
26
172
140
68
72.2
Specifications other than above are the same as standard type.
The standard grease supply port has a hexagon socket head set screw.

Bore size
(mm)

32
40
50
63
80
100

D-F7BAL
A
B
41.5

40.5

46.5

43.5

53.5

51.5

53.5

51.5

63.5

51.5

63.5

51.5

Auto Switch
Mounting Height
Bore size
(mm)

D-F7BAL
Hs

32
40
50
63
80
100

32.5
37
42
49
58
69

8-31-123

106

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Dual Rod Cylinder
Series CXS

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series CXS standard type, refer to page 8-29-1.

Symbol

-X593

Without Plate

CXS

Bore size

Stroke

X593

Auto switch

Without plate

This specification is for the cylinder without a plate. This cylinder is suitable for mounting your own plate.
Please note that the rod end dimensions of this cylinder are different from those of the standard cylinder.

s
j

d
e

45

45

C
0.
2

5
0.
C

2
0.
C

Section A-A
p

(d)
n
C
0.
5

45

5
0.
C

Section B-B

(I)

View C
(mm)
Model

CXS6

16

+0.013
+0.001

CXS10

20 0.1 6

+0.016
+0.001

+0.016
+0.001

CXS15
CXS20
CXS25
CXS32

0.1

25

0.1

28

0.1 10 +0.016
+0.001

35

0.1

44

0.1 16 +0.019
+0.001

0.05
+0.2
+0.1
+0.2
2.75 2.8 0 3.5 0 0.5 0 3.5 0.15 M2.5 x 0.45

4.5

3.5

4.75 C0.5

6.5 3.5

0
0.2

3.2 +0.2
0

5 +0.1
0

1 +0.2
0

5 0.05
0.15 M3 x 0.5

6.5

C0.5

9.5 5.5

0
0.2

5.2 +0.3
0

6 +0.2
1.5 +0.2
0
0

6 0.05
0.15 M5 x 0.8

C0.5

6.2 +0.3
0

8 +0.2
0

0.05
0.15

M6 x 1.0

10

9.5

C0.5

10 +0.2
6.2 +0.3
0
0

10
2 +0.2
0

0.05
0.15

M6 x 1.0

12

8.5

9.5

C0.7

8.2 +0.4
0

2 +0.2
0

0.05
0.15

M8 x 1.25

12.5 11

13.5

C0.7

3.5 1

5.5

M5 x 0.8

5.5 1.25

4.5

M6 x 1.0

7.5 2

M8 x 1.25 10 9.5 2

11 6.6

0
0.2

12 +0.019 M8 x 1.25 12 11.5 2


+0.001

11 6.6

0
0.2

0
0.2

M3 x 0.5

M10 x 1.5 16 15.5 3.5

14

0
0.2

13 +0.2
0

2 +0.2
0

13

Note 1) Unless indicated otherwise, the dimensional tolerance conforms to the ordinary dimensional difference (matching) per JIS B 0405.
Note 2) Piston rod A and B must be extended in order to install a plate. Supply air (0.2 MPa or more) from the supply port of the extended end when installing
a plate.
To secure the plate to the rods, attach it first to piston rod B, and then to piston rod A. Make sure to apply Loctite to the threaded portion.
After anchoring the plate, operate the cylinder to check for proper operation (e.g., the cylinder operates smoothly when moved by hand or at least
operates properly at the minimum operating pressure).

8-31-124

107

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder
Please contact SMC for detailed
Series CY3B/CY3R
specifications, and lead times.

dimensions,

For Series CY3 standard type, refer to page 8-15-6.

Symbol

Contents

Model

Bore size (mm)


15

-X116

25

32

40

CY3B

CY3R

MTS

MY

CY3B

CY

CY3R

MG

CY3B

CX

CY3R

D-

Hydro specifications

-X132

Axial port relocated in axial direction

-X160

High speed specifications

-X168

20

CY3B

Helical insert thread specifications

MX

-X206

Additional moving element mounting taps

CY3B

-X

-X210

Non-lubricated exterior specifications

CY3B

20-

CY3B

CY3R

CY3B

-X322

-X324

Cylinder tube outer circumference with


hard chrome plated
Non-lubricated exterior specifications (with dust seal)

8-31-125

Data

108

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder
Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,
Series CY3B/CY3R
specifications, and lead times.
For Series CY3 standard type, refer to page 8-15-6.
1

Symbol

-X116

Hydro Specifications

CY3B
Bore size
CY3R

Port thread type

Stroke

X116

Symbol

High Speed Rodless Cylinder

CY3B
Bore size
CY3R

Hydro type
Suitable for precision low speed feeding, intermediate stopping and skip
feeding of the cylinder.

Port thread type

Stroke

-X160
X160

High speed rodless cylinder


Makes possible high speed piston drive of 1500 mm/s (without load).

Specifications
Specifications
Applicable series

Applicable series

CY3B/CY3R

Bore size

25 to 40

Fluid

Turbine oil

Piston speed

20 to 40

Piston speed (no load)

1500mm/s

Note 1) When operating this cylinder at high speed, a shock absorber


must be provided.
Note 2) Only piping on both sides is available with CY3R.

15 to 300mm/s

Note 1) Only piping on both sides is available with CY3R.


Note 2) When performing intermediate stops with an air-hydro circuit, set
the kinetic energy of the load so that it does not exceed the
allowable value. (Regarding the allowable value, refer to the
section Intermediate Stops for each series.)

Symbol

Symbol

Helical Insert Thread Specifications -X168

CY3B
Bore size
CY3R

Bore size

Port thread type

Stroke

X132

The air supply port has been changed to an axial position on the head
cover.

Specifications
Applicable series

CY3B
15 to 40

2-port size

The port size is the same as the standard type.

8-31-126

Stroke

X168

The standard mounting threads have been changed to helical insert


thread specifications.

Specifications
Air supply port relocated in axial direction

Bore size

Port thread type

Helical insert thread specifications

Air Supply Port Relocated in Axial Direction -X132

CY3B

CY3B/CY3R

Bore size

Applicable series
Bore size

CY3B/CY3R
20 to 40

109

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


contact SMC for detailed dimensions,
Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder Please
specifications, and lead times.
For Series CY3 standard type, refer to page 8-15-6.
Series CY3B/CY3R

Symbol

Additional Moving Element Mounting Taps -X206

CY3B

Bore size

Port thread type

Stroke

X206

Additional moving element mounting taps


Mounting taps have been added on the surface opposite the standard
positions.

Specifications
CY3B

Applicable series

Cylinder Tube Outer Circumference with Hard Chrome Plated -X322

CY3B
Bore size
CY3R

Port thread type

Cylinder tube outer circumference with hard chrome plated


The outside of the cylinder tube has been plated with hard chromium,
reducing wear on the bearings.

CY3B/CY3R

Applicable series

Mounting taps

MX
MTS
MY
CY

Bore size
Additional positions

X322

Stroke

Specifications

15 to 40

Bore size

Symbol

MG

15 to 40

Be sure to provide shock absorption measures at the stroke end.

CX

Construction

D-

Standard surface

CY3B

CY3R

-X
20-

Dimensions are the same as the standard product.

Tube external surface is


hard chromium electro

Data

Tube external surface is


hard chromium electro

Symbol

Non-lubricated Exterior Specifications -X210

CY3B

Bore size

Port thread type

Stroke

Symbol

Non-lubricated Exterior Specifications (With dust seal) -X324

X210
Bore size

CY3B

Port thread type

Stroke

X324

Non-lubricated exterior specifications


Non-lubricated exterior specifications (with dust seal)
Suitable for environments where oils are not tolerated. A scraper is not
installed. A separate version -X324 (with felt) has been prepared for cases
in which dust, etc. is scattered throughout the environment.

This unit has non-lubricated exterior specifications, with a felt dust seal
provided on the cylinder body.

Specifications

Specifications

Applicable series
Bore size

CY3B
15 to 40

Bore size

CY3B
15 to 40

Construction

Construction
CY3B

Applicable series

Special bearing

CY3B

Dust seal
(felt)

Special bearing

8-31-127

110

8-31-128

111

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder
Please contact SMC for detailed
Series CY1
specifications, and lead times.

dimensions,

For Series CY1 standard type, refer to page 8-15-24.

Applicable Series
No. Symbol
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

-X116
-X132
-X160
-X168
-X206
-X210
-X211
-X322
-X324
-X431

Stroke slider type

Basic type CY1B

Specifications/Description

Slide bearing type CY1S Ball bushing type CY1L High precision guide type CY1H
(25 to 40)

(50, 63)

MTS

Helical insert thread specifications

(50, 63)

Additional mounting tap positions for slider

(6, 10, 50, 63)

(20 to 40)

(20 to 40)

(20 to 32)

MY

(6, 10, 50, 63)

The same mounting dimensions as as Series CY.

Cylinder tube outer circumference with hard chrome plated

(6 to 40)

(15 to 40)

(15 to 40)

Non-lubricated exterior specifications with dust seal (10, 50, 63)

Auto switch rails on both side faces (With 2 pcs.)

(10 to 40)

(15 to 40)

(6 to 40)

(50, 63)

Air supply port relocated in axial direction

(6, 10, 53 63)

High speed rodless cylinder

Non-lubricated exterior specifications

CY
MG

CX

Symbol

-X116

Hydro Specifications Rodless Cylinder

This type is applicable for precision constant speed feed, intermediate stop and
skip feed.
<Basic type>

<Slider type>

Type

Basic type, Slider type


Basic type: CY1B50 to 63
Slider type: CY1S25 to 40 CY1L25 to 40

Fluid

Hydro type

Turbine oil

Piston speed

CY1S Bore size Magnetic holding force Stroke Damper type Switch
X116
CY1L

15 to 300 mm/s

Note) Piping is from each plate on both sides.

Hydro type

Dimensions
Hexagon socket head plug
P
P

(mm)
Model

HTB

CY1S20
CY1S25
CY1L25
CY1S32
CY1L32
CY1S40
CY1L40

HTA

HTB

20

20

Rc 1

20

20

20

23

Rc 1

24

24

26.5

26.5

25

25

30.5

30.5

Rc

Rc 1

Throttle dia.
7.5
7.5
8.2
7.5
8

8.2
8

11
Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as standard
type of Series CY1B. Refer to page 8-15-24.

Symbol

-X132

Air Supply Port Relocated in Axial Direction

CY1B Bore size Magnetic holding force

Stroke

X132

Specifications
Applicable series

Air supply port relocated in axial direction

D-X

Specifications
Bore size

CY1B Bore size Magnetic holding force Stroke X116

MX

(25 to 40)

Hydro rodless cylinder

Bore size (mm)

CY1B
6, 10, 50, 63

The air supply port is relocated in the boss section of head cover.
2-port size

The port size is the same as standard type.

8-31-129

20Data

112

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder
Please contact SMC for detailed
Series CY1
specifications, and lead times.

dimensions,

For Series CY1 standard type, refer to page 8-15-24.

Symbol

High Speed Rodless Cylinder

CY1B Bore size Magnetic holding force

Stroke

-X160
X160

Symbol

Non-lubricated Exterior Specifications -X210

CY1B Bore size Magnetic holding force


CY1S

High speed rodless cylinder


High speed drive with a piston speed of 1500 mm/s (Basic type) is possible
(no load).

Specifications
Bore size (mm)

Applicable series

50, 63

Piston speed (no load)

1500 mm/s

Note 1) When operating this cylinder at high speeds, be sure to provide a


shock absorber.
Note 2) The standard type of CY1L can produce max. piston speed of 1000
mm/s.

Symbol

Non-lubricated exterior specifications


Suitable for environments which are kept from oil. A scraper in not provided.
-X324 (with felt) is prepared for the case where contaminant, etc. are in the
atmosphere.

Specifications

CY1B

Applicable series

X210

Stroke

Bore size
(mm)

CY1B, CY1S

CY1B

6, 10, 50, 63

CY1S

6 to 40

Note) Please contact SMC in the case of using in a clean room.

Construction
CY1B (Basic type)

Helical Insert Thread Specifications -X168

Special bearing

CY1B
CY1R
CY1S Bore size Magnetic holding force Stroke X168
CY1L
CY1H
Helical insert thread specifications
Helical insert thread is used for standard mounting thread.

Specifications
Applicable series
Bore size (mm)

CY1B, CY1R, CY1S, CY1L, CY1H

CY1S (Slider type)


Special bearing

CY1B/CY1R: 50, 60
CY1S/CY1L: 20 to 40
CY1H: 20 to 32

Symbol

Additional Moving Element Mounting Taps -X206

CY1B Bore size Magnetic holding force

Stroke

X206

Additional moving element mounting taps


More mounting taps are added to the side opposite to the standard position.

Symbol

Specifications

Applicable series

CY1B

Bore size (mm)

6, 10, 50, 63

CY1S Bore size Magnetic holding force

Stroke

Standard point

Mounting dimensions have been matched to those of the CY series for


maintenance applications.

Specifications

Dimensions are the same


as standard type.

8-31-130

X211

The same mounting dimensions as Series CY

Mounting tap
Additional point

Same Mounting Dimensions as Series CY -X211

Type

CY1S

Bore size (mm)

15 to 40

Also applicable for CYB (Basic type) and CYS (Slider type).
Magnetic holding force is the same as the values of Series CY1.

113

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder
Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,
Series CY1
specifications, and lead times.
For Series CY1 standard type, refer to page 8-15-24.
Symbol

Cylinder Tube Outer Circumference with Hard Chrome Plated -X322

CY1B
CY1S Bore size Magnetic holding force
CY1L

Stroke

X322

Symbol

Non-lubricated Exterior Specifications (With dust seal) -X324

CY1B Bore size Magnetic holding force


CY1S

Stroke

X324

MX

Non-lubricated exterior specifications with dust seal

Cylinder tube outer circumference with hard chrome plated

MTS

The cylinder tube outer circumference is plated with hard chrome, thus
improving the life.
The piston bearing (wearing A) is prolonged and the slider style (slide block)
is provided with a greasing port.

Oil-free exterior type with a felt dust seal on the cylinder body.

Specifications

Specifications

MY
CY

Applicable series

Bore size (mm)

Applicable series

Bore size (mm)

CY1B

50, 63

CY1B

10, 50, 63

CY1S/L

15 to 40

CY1S

10 to 40

MG
CX

CY1B (Basic type) is not provided with a piston damper. Be sure to


provide a shock absorber.

Note) Please contact SMC in the case of using in a clean room.

D-

Construction/Dimensions

Construction

-X

CY1B (Basic type)

CY1B (Basic type)


Wear ring A
in piston

20Special
bearing

Dust seal

Data

(Felt)

Hard chrome plated

CY1S/L (Slider type)

CY1S (Slider type)

Wear ring A
in piston

Special
bearing

Hard chrome plated

Dust seal
(Felt)

Grease nipple

Bore size
(mm)

15
20
25
32
40

NA

HW

12.5

30

10.0

35

17.0

21

25.5

28

32.5

30

HW

Symbol

10 Auto Switch Rails on Both Side Faces (With 2 pcs.)


CDY1S Bore size Magnetic holding force

Stroke

X431

-X431
Switch rail

Auto switch rails on both side faces (With 2 pcs.)

This auto switch is effective in the case of short strokes.

Specifications
Applicable series

CY1S

Bore size (mm)

6 to 40

Switch rail

8-31-131

114

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder
Please contact SMC for detailed
Series MY1
specifications, and lead times.

Made to Order Individual Specifications

Series

MY1

dimensions,

For Series MY1 standard type, refer to page 8-11-11.

Symbol

-X416/-X417

Holder Mounting BracketI, II

Holder mounting brackets are used to fix the stroke adjusting unit at an intermediate stroke position.

Holder mounting bracket I -X416 Holder mounting bracket II -X417

Fine Stroke Adjustment Range

Holder Mounting Bracket Illustration

(Any fine strokes outside the parameters in the adjustment ranges above are
considered to be a special order and processed accordingly.)

MY1B

Bore
size
(mm)

16
20
25
32
40
50
63

-X416 (One side)

MY1H

Stroke adjusting unit

Example

For

Stroke

X416

X417

5.6 to 11.2
6 to 12
11.5 to 23
12 to 24
16 to 32

20 to 40

25 to 50

11.2
12
23
24
32
40
50

mounting bracket only


MY-A25L-X416N (X416 bracket for MY1B25, L unit)

L unit

11.2 to 16.8
12 to 18

32 to 48

40 to 60

50 to 75

MY1M/MY1C

CY

L unit

MG

In

Sp
ac
er
len
gth
l

24 to 36

MY

Holder mounting bracket

MY1B

23 to 34.5

MTS

Holder

Stroke adjusting unit

Adjustment range
Adjustment range
Spacer
Spacer
length l MY1B MY1M MY1C MY1H length l MY1B MY1M MY1C MY1H

5.6
6
11.5
12
16
20
25

MX

adjusting unit with holder mounting bracket


MY-A25L-X416 (L unit for MY1B25 and X416 bracket)

L units with one each of X416 and X417


MY1B25G-300L-X416Z

Holder mounting bracket

-X417 (One side)

Example

the case of mounting -X417 on A unit side only of A/H units


and mounting nothing on H unit side.
MY1B25G-300AH-X417A

Sp
ac
er
len
gth
l

MY1M/MY1C

Stroke adjusting unit

Stroke adjusting unit

CX

X417

D-

Stroke adjusting unit


Slider (Piston yoke)

-X

Stroke adjusting unit


Holder mounting bracket
Head cover

Place the protruding


section on the stroke
adjusting unit side.

A unit

H unit

20-

How to order stroke adjusting unit or holder mounting bracket by itself:

l (X416)
Sp
ac
er
len
gth
l

l (X417)

MYH-A16A

Holder mounting bracket

Data

MY1H

X417
Suffix
Nil

MY1 B Bore size 300 L

Holder mounting bracket

X416

Stroke adjusting unit + Holder mounting bracket


Holder mounting bracket only

Stroke adjusting unit

Holder mounting bracket


X416 Holder mounting bracket I
X417 Holder mounting bracket II

Combination symbol
For applicable symbol, refer to the table below.

Stroke adjusting unit model

Holder mounting bracket


For applicable symbol, refer to the table below.

Stroke adjusting unit

MY1B P. 8-11-16
MY1M P. 8-11-40
MY1C P. 8-11-56
MY1H P. 8-11-72
MY1CW P. 8-12-14
MY1MW P. 8-12-14

For applicable symbol, refer to the table below.

Stroke
Note) Indicates the stroke prior to mounting the stroke adjusting unit.

Series: Bore size

10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Basic type
B
M(W) Slide bearing guide type (With cover)
C(W) Cam follower guide type (With cover)
High precision guide type
H

Stroke adjusting unit


A, L, H, AS, LS, HS
A, L, H

Holder
mounting bracket

Suffix
Nil

W
Z
A
L
H
AZ
LZ
HZ

Note) For MY1H, the parts are packed together when shipped.

Symbol

2
Mounting pcs.
X416
X417
1

-X168

Helical Insert Thread Specifications

Helical insert thread is used for the slide table mounting thread, the thread size is the same as the standard model.
Combination description
X416 on one side
X416 on both sides
X416 on one side, X417 on the other side
X416 on A unit side
X416 on L unit side
X416 on H unit side
X416 on A unit side, X417 on the other side
X416 on L unit side, X417 on the other side
X416 on H unit side, X417 on the other side
X417 on one side
X417 on both sides
X417 on A unit side
X417 on L unit side
X417 on H unit side

AL, AH
1

X416
AL, LH
1

AH, LH
1

AL, AH
1
1
AL, LH
1
1
AH, LH
1
1
A, L, H, AS, LS, HS
Nil
1

A, L, H
W
2

X417
AL, AH
A
1

AL, LH
L
1

AH, LH
H
1

Note) For AS, LS and HS, the stroke adjusting unit is mounted on one side only.

8-31-132

Holder mounting bracket

Note) Refer to the option table of How to Order for each series.

MY1 B Bore size

Stroke

Auto switch Suffix X168

Series: Bore size


Basic type
B
Slide bearing guide type
M
Cam follower guide type
C
High precision guide type
H
HT High rigidity/High precision guide type

10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
(

)
(

)(

() indicates available by special order.

Example) MY1B40G-300L-Z73-X168

8-31-133

115
Made to Order Individual Specifications

Made to Order Individual Specifications:

Series

MY2

Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder


Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,
specifications, and lead times.
Series MY2
For MY2 standard type, refer to page 8-13-14.
Symbol

Holder Mounting BracketI, II

-X416/-X417

Holder mounting brackets are used to fix the stroke adjusting unit at an intermediate stroke position.

Holder mounting bracket I-X416 Holder mounting bracket II-X417

Fine Stroke Adjustment Range

Holder Mounting Bracket Illustration

(Any fine strokes outside the parameters in the adjustment ranges above are
considered to be a special order and processed accordingly.)

MY2H

-X416 (One side)

Bore
size
(mm)

Spacer
length l

16
25
40

5.6
11.5
16

Adjustment range
5.6 to 11.2
11.5 to 23
16 to 32

For

Stroke

MX

adjusting unit with holder mounting bracket


MY2H-A25L-X416 (L unit for MY2H25 and X416 bracket)

L units with one each of X416 and X417


MY2H25G-300L-X416Z
X417

X416

MTS

Holder

mounting bracket only


MY2H-A25L-X416N (X416 bracket for MY2H25, L unit)

Stroke adjusting unit

Stroke adjusting unit

Adjustment range

11.2
23
32

Example

MY2HT
Holder mounting bracket

-X417 (One side)


Spacer
length l

Example

MY2H

Holder mounting bracket

MY

MY2HT

CY

11.2 to 16.8
23 to 34.5

L unit

L unit

MG

32 to 48
In

Slide table
Head cover
Sp
ac
er
len
gth
l

Stroke adjusting unit

Sp
ac
er
len
gth
l

the case of mounting -X417 on L unit side only of L/H units


and mounting nothing on H unit side.
MY2H25G-300LH-X417L

CX
Stroke adjusting unit

Stroke adjusting unit

X417

-X

Place the protruding section on


the stroke adjusting unit side.

20L unit

l (X416)

H unit

How to order stroke adjusting unit or holder mounting bracket by itself:

Holder mounting bracket

Holder mounting
bracket

Note) To be packaged together when shipping.

MY2H-A16L
MY2HT-A16L

l (X417)

X417
Suffix

MY2H

Bore size

300 L

X416

Nil

Stroke adjusting unit + Holder mounting bracket


Holder mounting bracket only

Holder mounting bracket

Combination symbol

X416 Holder mounting bracket I


X417 Holder mounting bracket II

For applicable symbol, refer to the table below.

Holder mounting bracket


Stroke adjusting unit

For applicable symbol, refer to the table below.

Stroke adjusting unit model


Note) Refer to the option table of How to Order. (Refer to page 8-13-14.)

For applicable symbol, refer to the table below.

Stroke
Note) Indicates the stroke prior to mounting the stroke adjusting unit.

Series: Bore size


Nil
T

16 25 40

High precision guide type (Single axis)


High precision guide type (Double axis)

Symbol

-X168

Helical Insert Thread Specifications

Helical insert thread is used for the slide table mounting thread, the thread size is the same as the standard model.
Mounting pcs.
Combination description
X416
X417
Nil
L, H, LS, HS
With X416 (1 pc.) on only one side
1

W
With X416 (2 pcs.) (With each 1pc. for both sides)
2

L, H
Z
With X416 on one side, X417 on the other side (1 pc.)
1
1
LH
L
With X416 (1 pc.) on L unit side only
1

X416
LH
H
With X416 (1 pc.) on H unit side only
1

LH
LZ
With X416 on L unit side only, X417 on the other side (1 pc.)
1
1
LH
HZ
With X416 on H unit side only, X417 on the other side (1 pc.)
1
1
L, H, LS, HS
Nil
With X417 on one side only (1 pc.)

1
L, H
W
With X417 (2 pcs.) (each 1 pc. on both sides)

2
X417
LH
L
With X417 (1 pc.) on L unit side only

1
LH
H
With X417 (1 pc.) on H unit side only

1
Note) For AS, LS and HS, the stroke adjusting unit is mounted on one side only.
Stroke adjusting unit

8-31-134

Holder
Suffix
mounting bracket

D-

MY2H

Bore size

Stroke

Series: Bore size


Nil
T

Auto switch

Suffix

X168

16 25 40

High precision guide type (Single axis)


High precision guide type (Double axis)

(Example) MY2H40G-300L-A93-X168

8-31-135

Data

116

8-31-136

117

Made to Order
Individual Specifications:
Square Tube Type Air Cylinder: Series MB1

Page

n
Compact Cylinder: Series CQS, CQ2
z -X202 Full length dimension is the same as Series CQ1. m
x -X203 L-dimensions from rod cover are the same as Series CQ1. m
c -X293 Full length dimension is the same as Series CQ1W. m
v -X144 Special port location m
b -X235 Special piston rod for double rod type cylinder m
n -X271 Fluoro rubber for seals m
m -X525 Long stroke of adjustable extension stroke cylinder (-XC8) m
, -X526 Long stroke of adjustable retraction stroke cylinder (-XC9) m
. -X633 Intermediate stroke of double rod type m
0 -X636 Long stroke of dual stroke single rod type m
Air Slide Table: Series MXS, MXQ, MXF, MXW
z -X42 Anti-corrosion specifications for guide unit (Series MXS, MXQ, MXF, MXW) ,
x -X16 Heat treated metal stopper (Series MXQ) ,
Slide Unit: Series CX
z -X146 Hollow piston rod specifications ,
x -X138 Adjustable stroke ,
c -X168 CX helical insert thread specifications ,
Air Slide Table: Series MXP
z -X383 Low pre-load specifications ,
x -X42 Anti-corrosion specifications for guide unit ,
c -X16 Heat treated metal stopper ,
v -X23 Axial piping port set screw ,
b -X51 Adjusting nut, long specifications ,
Compact Guide Cylinder: Series MGP
z -X867 Lateral piping type (Plug location changed) ,
Compact Guide Cylinder: Series MGQ
z -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
x -X367 Bottom mounting style (MGQM) ,
c -X399 Long bushing type (MGQL) ,
v -X563 Magnetic field resistant auto switch (D-P5DW) ,
Guide Cylinder: Series MGG, MGC
z -X440 Series MGG, MGC: With piping ports for grease ,
x -X772 Series MGG: Auto switch rail mounting style/With piping ports for grease ,
Dual Rod Cylinder: Series CXS
z -X593 Without plate ,
Magnetic Rodless Cylinder: Series CY1, CY3B/R
z -X116 Hydro specifications rodless cylinder ,
x -X132 Air supply port relocated in axial direction ,
c -X160 High speed rodless cylinder ,
v -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
b -X206 Additional moving element mounting taps ,
n -X210 Non-lubricated exterior specifications ,
m -X211 Mounting dimensions are the same the Series CY (Series CY1S) ,
, -X322 Cylinder tube outer circumference with hard chrome plated ,
. -X324 Non-lubricated exterior specifications with dust seal ,
0 -X431 Auto switch rails on both side faces (with 2 pcs.) (Series CY1S) ,
Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder: Series MY1
z -X416/-417 Holder mounting bracket I, II ,
x -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder: Series MY2
z -X416/-417 Holder mounting bracket I, II ,
x -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
Lock-up Cylinder: Series CL1
z -X50 Large bore lock-up cylinder .-16-112
x -X51 Both-directions lock-up cylinder .-16-113
Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder with Brake: Series ML1
z -X416/-X417 Holder mounting bracket I, II .-16-114
Sine Rodless Cylinder: Series REA, REB
z -X168 Helical insert thread specifications 0
x -X206 Additional moving element mounting taps 0
c -X210 Non-lubricated exterior specifications 0
v -X324 Non-lubricated exterior specifications with dust seal 0
b -X431 Auto switch rails on both side faces (with 2 pcs.) 0
Stroke Reading Rodless Cylinder with Brake: Series ML2B
z -X416/-X417 Holder mounting bracket I, II 0
z -X846 Fastener strips mounted on switch mounting grooves

9-16-111

CL
CL1
MLGC
CNG
MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
CLQ
MLGP
RLQ
MLU
ML1C
D-X
20Data

118

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Lock-up Cylinder
Series CL1

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series CL1 standard type, refer to page 9-2-3.

Symbol

-X50

Large Bore Lock-up Cylinder

CL1 Mounting style

Bore size

Stroke

Suffix

X50

Specifications
180, 200, 250, 300

Applicable bore size (mm)

This is a self-locking system that mounts onto a large bore air


cylinder (Series CS1) from 180 to 300, and contains a ring that
is tilted by a spring force, which is further tilted by the thrust of the
cylinder to securely lock the piston rod.

0.97 MPa

Maximum operating pressure

0.2 MPa or more (at no-load)

Locked-up releasing pressure

0.05 MPa or less

Locked-up starting pressure

One way (Locking direction is selectable.)

Locked-up direction

Basic style, Foo style, Rod side flange style


Head side flange style, Single clevis style
Double clevis style, Center trunnion style

Mounting

200 mm/sec

Maximum speed at locked-up

Maximum Load and Holding Force of Locking


(Max. static load)
180

200

250

300

Horizontal
mounting

12250

14700

24000

29400

Vertical
mounting

6125

7350

12000

14700

24500

29400

48000

58800

Bore size (mm)


Max. load
according
to mounting
orientation
(N)

Holding force (N)

The cylinder can be used to 1/2 of its holding force or below if only a
stationary load is applied, such as for drop prevention.

Dimensions
Position of locked-up port
(A) Lock at forward
(B) Lock at backward

(A) Rc BT lock-up port


Unlocked when pressurized

BA

BA

(B) Rc BP lock-up port


Unlocked when pressurized

BX
BY
X + Stroke

Bore size (mm)

BA

BP

BX

BY

180
200
250
300

18.5

3/4

142

180

461

18.5

3/4

149

191

472

23

184

235

577.5

23

220

280

652.5

For dimensions according to mounting style, refer to Series CS1.


Added the length of BY for full length dimension.

9-16-112

119

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Lock-up Cylinder
Series CL1

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series CL1 standard type, refer to page 9-2-3.

Symbol

-X51

Both-direction Lock-up Cylinder

CL1 Mounting style

Bore size

Stroke

Cylinder Specifications

X51

Suffix

Maximum operating pressure

A style of Series CA1 (40 to 100) and Series CS1 (125 to 160)
air cylinder, this is a bi-directional locked-up cylinder in which two unidirectional locked-up units have been assembled by facing them away
from each other.

40 to 100

1 MPa

125 to 160

0.97 MPa

Minimum operating pressure

CL
CL1

0.08 MPa

Action

Double acting

Piston speed

MLGC

50 to 200 mm/s

Cushion

Equipped

A maximum speed of 500 mm/s is possible if the piston is locked in the


stationary state for the purpose of drop prevention.
Make sure that the piston speed does not exceed 200 mm/s during locking.

CNG
MNB

Locked-up Unit Specifications


Locked-up releasing pressure

CNA

0.2 MPa or more (at no-load)

Locked-up starting pressure

0.05 MPa or less

Locked-up direction

CNS

Both directions

Maximum speed at locked-up

200 mm/s

CLS

Maximum Load and Holding Force of Locking (Max. static load)


Bore size (mm)
Horizontal
Max. load
according to mounting
mounting
Vertical
orientation (N) mounting
Holding force (N)

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

588

981

1470

2450

3820

6010

7540

9850

MLGP

294

490

735

1230

1910

3000

3770

4920

RLQ

1230

1920

3060

4930

7700

12100

15100

19700

The cylinder can be used to 1/2 of its holding force or below if only a stationary load is applied, such as for
drop prevention.

Construction/Dimensions
40 to 100

BU

CLQ

40

BW

MLU
ML1C
D-X
20Data

BX

BY
X + Stroke

Bore size (mm)

BU

BW

BX

BY

40
50
63
80
100

48

31

59

137

283

56

30

67

153

312

62

30

73

165

335

66

34

77

181

385

74

34

85

197

412

For dimensions according to mounting style, refer to Series CA1.


Added the length of BY for full length dimension.

Bore size (mm)

BU

BP

BX

BY

125
140
160

95.5

3/8

191

220

455

104.5

3/8

209

238

473

112.5

3/8

225

259

515.5

125 to 160
BP

BU

For dimensions according to mounting style. refer to Series CS1.


Added the length of BY for full length dimension.
Note) Locked-up port: 40 to 100 2 positions, 125 to 160 1
position. In the case of lock releasing of 40 to
100, be sure to supply air to both locked-up ports
and to release the lock.

BX
BY
X + Stroke

9-16-113

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder with Brake
Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,
Hy-rodless Cylinder
specifications, and lead times.
For Series CL1 standard type, refer to page 9-14-1.
Series ML1
Symbol

-X416/417

Holder Mounting BracketI, II

Holder mounting brackets are used to fix the stroke adjusting unit at an intermediate stroke position.
Holder mounting bracket I -X416
Holder mounting bracket II -X417

Holder mounting
bracket (Spacer)

Fine Stroke Adjustment Range


(When requiring the cylinder exceeds the following adjusting range, it is made-to-order.)
Holder mounting bracket

ML1C25
Spacer length
ML1C32
l (mm)
ML1C40
ML1C25
Fine stroke
adjustment
range
(mm)

ML1C32
ML1C40

-X416

-X417

11.5

23

12

24
32

16
One side

11.5 to 23

23 to 34.5

Both ends

23 to 46

46 to 69

One side

12 to 24

24 to 36

Both ends

24 to 48

48 to 72

One side

16 to 32

32 to 48

Both ends

32 to 64

64 to 96

How to Order
When a stroke adjusting unit is incorporated into the cylinder body

(Example)

ML1C25G

X416 Z

300H
H

Suffix for a combination of bracket


Suffix for holder mounting bracket

Nil

X416
X417
Note) For length, refer to the separate table.

Stroke adjsuting unit


Nil

Without adjusting unit


Shock absorber + Adjusting bolt

Part no. of shock absorber for stroke adjusting unit

25

32

40

RB1412

RB2015

RB2015

2) To order a stroke adjusting unit itself,


suffix -X416 or -X417 to the end of part number.
(Example) ML1-A25H-X416
3) To order a holder mounting bracket itself,
suffix N to the end of unit number.
(Example) ML1-A25H-X416N

9-16-114

Z Note)

One side only


Aforementioned brackets are used on both sides.
A bracket for X417 is used on one side.

Note) Symbol Z is not attached when the aforementioned holder


mounting bracket symbol is X417.

120

121

Made to Order
Individual Specifications:
Square Tube Type Air Cylinder: Series MB1

Page

n
Compact Cylinder: Series CQS, CQ2
z -X202 Full length dimension is the same as Series CQ1. m
x -X203 L-dimensions from rod cover are the same as Series CQ1. m
c -X293 Full length dimension is the same as Series CQ1W. m
v -X144 Special port location m
b -X235 Special piston rod for double rod type cylinder m
n -X271 Fluoro rubber for seals m
m -X525 Long stroke of adjustable extension stroke cylinder (-XC8) m
, -X526 Long stroke of adjustable retraction stroke cylinder (-XC9) m
. -X633 Intermediate stroke of double rod type m
0 -X636 Long stroke of dual stroke single rod type m
Air Slide Table: Series MXS, MXQ, MXF, MXW
z -X42 Anti-corrosion specifications for guide unit (Series MXS, MXQ, MXF, MXW) ,
x -X16 Heat treated metal stopper (Series MXQ) ,
Slide Unit: Series CX
z -X146 Hollow piston rod specifications ,
x -X138 Adjustable stroke ,
c -X168 CX helical insert thread specifications ,
Air Slide Table: Series MXP
z -X383 Low pre-load specifications ,
x -X42 Anti-corrosion specifications for guide unit ,
c -X16 Heat treated metal stopper ,
v -X23 Axial piping port set screw ,
b -X51 Adjusting nut, long specifications ,
Compact Guide Cylinder: Series MGP
z -X867 Lateral piping type (Plug location changed) ,
Compact Guide Cylinder: Series MGQ
z -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
x -X367 Bottom mounting style (MGQM) ,
c -X399 Long bushing type (MGQL) ,
v -X563 Magnetic field resistant auto switch (D-P5DW) ,
Guide Cylinder: Series MGG, MGC
z -X440 Series MGG, MGC: With piping ports for grease ,
x -X772 Series MGG: Auto switch rail mounting style/With piping ports for grease ,
Dual Rod Cylinder: Series CXS
z -X593 Without plate ,
Magnetic Rodless Cylinder: Series CY1, CY3B/R
z -X116 Hydro specifications rodless cylinder ,
x -X132 Air supply port relocated in axial direction ,
c -X160 High speed rodless cylinder ,
v -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
b -X206 Additional moving element mounting taps ,
n -X210 Non-lubricated exterior specifications ,
m -X211 Mounting dimensions are the same the Series CY (Series CY1S) ,
, -X322 Cylinder tube outer circumference with hard chrome plated ,
. -X324 Non-lubricated exterior specifications with dust seal ,
0 -X431 Auto switch rails on both side faces (with 2 pcs.) (Series CY1S) ,
Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder: Series MY1
z -X416/-417 Holder mounting bracket I, II ,
x -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder: Series MY2
z -X416/-417 Holder mounting bracket I, II ,
x -X168 Helical insert thread specifications ,
Lock-up Cylinder: Series CL1
z -X50 Large bore lock-up cylinder .
x -X51 Both-directions lock-up cylinder .
Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder with Brake: Series ML1
z -X416/-X417 Holder mounting bracket I, II .
Sine Rodless Cylinder: Series REA, REB
z -X168 Helical insert thread specifications 0-21-112
x -X206 Additional moving element mounting taps 0-21-112
c -X210 Non-lubricated exterior specifications 0-21-112
v -X324 Non-lubricated exterior specifications with dust seal 0-21-113
b -X431 Auto switch rails on both side faces (with 2 pcs.) 0-21-113
Stroke Reading Rodless Cylinder with Brake: Series ML2B
z -X416/-X417 Holder mounting bracket I, II 0-21-114
z -X846 Fastener strips mounted on switch mounting grooves

10-21-111

RE BA
REC
CX
CY
MQ MQ
RHC
MK(2)
RS QG
RS AH
RZQ
MI WS
CEP1
CE1
CE2
ML2B
C GJ 5-S
CV
MVGQ
CC
RB
J
D-X
20Data

122

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Sine Rodless Cylinder
Series REA/REB

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series REA/REB standard type, refer to page 10-2-6.

Symbol

Helical Insert Thread Specifications -X168

REA
REAS
REAL Bore size Stroke X168
REAH
Helical insert thread
REBH

Non-lubricated Exterior Specifications -X210

REA
REAS Bore size

Stroke

X210

Non-lubricated exterior specifications

specifications
The standard mounting threads have been changed to helical insert
specifications.

Specifications
Applicable series

Symbol

Suitable for environments where oils are not tolerated. A scraper is not
installed. A separate version -X324 (with felt) is available for cases in which
dust, etc., is scattered throughout the environment.

Specifications
REA/REAS/REAL/REAH/REBH
REA: 25 to 63
REAS/REAL: 20 to 40
REAH: 20 to 32
REBH: 25 to 32

Bore size (mm)

Applicable series
Bore size (mm)

REA/REAS

REA

25 to 63

REAS

10 to 40

Construction

The mounting thread positions and size are the same as standard.

REA (Basic type)


Symbol

Special bearing

Additional Moving Element Mounting Taps -X206

REA Bore size

Stroke

X206

Additional moving element mounting taps


Mounting taps have been added on the surface opposite the standard
positions.

REAS (Slider type)

Specifications

Special bearing

Applicable series

REA

Bore size (mm)

25 to 63

Additional
point

Mounting tap Standard


point

Dimensions are the same


as standard products.

10-21-112

123

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Sine Rodless Cylinder
Series REA/REB

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,


specifications, and lead times.
For Series REA/REB standard type, refer to page 10-2-6.

Symbol

Non-lubricated Exterior Specifications with Dust Seal -X324

REA
REAS

Bore size

Stroke

Stroke

X431

RE BA

Auto switch rails on both side faces


(With 2 pcs.)

This unit has non-lubricated exterior specifications, with a felt dust seal
provided on the cylinder body.

Specifications
Bore size (mm)

Auto Switch Rails on Both Side Faces (with 2 pcs.) -X431

REAS Bore size

X324

Non-lubricated exterior
specifications with dust seal

Applicable series

Symbol

REA/REAS

REA

25 to 63

REAS

10 to 40

REC

Effective in cases with switches when the stroke is short.

CX

Specifications
Applicable series

REAS

Bore size (mm)

10 to 40

CY
MQ MQ

Switch rail

RHC

Construction

MK(2)

REA (Basic type)


Dust seal
(Felt)

RS QG

Special bearing
Switch rail

RS AH
RZQ
MI WS
CEP1

REAS (Slider type)


Special bearing

Dust seal
(Felt)

CE1
CE2
ML2B
C GJ 5-S
CV
MVGQ
CC
RB
J
D-X
20Data

10-21-113

124

Made to Order Individual Specifications:


Stroke Reading Rodless Cylinder with Brake
Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions,
Series ML2B
specifications, and lead times.
For Series ML2B standard type, refer to page 10-13-8.
Symbol

-X416/417

Holder Mounting BracketI, II

Holder mounting brackets are used to fix the stroke adjusting unit at an intermediate stroke position.
Holder mounting bracket I -X416 Holder mounting bracket II -X417

Fine Stroke Adjustment Range

How to Order

(When requiring the cylinder exceeds the following adjusting range, it is made-to-order.)
Holder mounting bracket

-X416

-X417

11.5

23

12

24

16

32

One side

11.5 to 23

23 to 34.5

Both ends

23 to 46

46 to 69

One side

12 to 24

24 to 36

Both ends

24 to 48

48 to 72

One side

16 to 32

32 to 48

Both ends

32 to 64

64 to 96

ML2B25
Spacer length
ML2B32
l (mm)
ML2B40
ML2B25
Fine stroke
adjustment
range
(mm)

ML2B32
ML2B40

1) When a stroke adjusting unit is incorporated into the cylinder body

(Example)

ML2B25

300HL

X416 Z

Note) The indicated stroke


shows the cylinder
stroke before a stroke
adjusting unit is mounted.

Stroke adjusting unit


Without adjusting unit
Shock absorber + Adjusting bolt

Nil
L
Slider (Piston yoke)

Stroke adjusting unit

Suffiix for stroke adjsuting unit


2 pcs.
1 pc.

Nil
S

Suffix of holder mounting bracket


X416, X417

Head cover

Note) For length, refer to the separate table.

Suffix for a combination of brackets


Nil

W
Z

l (X416)

One side only


Aforementioned brackets are used on both sides.
A bracket for X417 is used on one side.

2) To order a stroke adjusting unit itself, suffix -X416 or -X417 to the end
of part number.
(Example) MY-A25L-X416
3) To order a holder mounting bracket itself, suffix N to the end of unit
number.

l (X417)

10-21-114

(Example) MY-A25L-X416N

125

Series AS

Made to Order Specifications:


1

Throttle Valve (Without check valve)


Able to control vacuum release air

Speed Controller with One-touch Fitting


Elbow/Universal Type
Refer to How to Order in page 15-9-3 for
standard specifications.

How to Order

AS 2

1 1F

01

06

Body
size

X214

Option

Model
Control method

Applicable tubing O.D.


Port size

With One-touch fitting

Speed Controller for Low Speed Operation


Series AS-FM
How to Order

AS 2

Refer to How to Order in page 15-9-58 for


standard specifications.

1 1FM M5 06 S

Body
size
Model
Control method
With One-touch fitting

X214

Option
Applicable tubing O.D.
Port size
For low speed control

AS

Thread type

Speed Controller with One-touch Fittings


In-line Type
Refer to How to Order in page 15-9-10 for
standard specifications.

How to Order

AS 400 1F

12 K

Body
size

X214

How to Order

AS 2 2 0 0M
Body
size

Option
Applicable tubing O.D.

With One-touch
fittings

Speed Controller for Low Speed Operation ASP


Standard Type, Metal Body/Series AS-M
Refer to How to Order in page 15-9-63 for ASN

Model
Control method

standard specifications.

AQ
S

X214

ASV

Option

AK

Port size

ASS

For low speed control

Speed Controller (Standard Type)


Elbow Type, Metal Body/Series AS
How to Order

AS 2

0 0

ASF

Refer to How to Order in page 15-9-24 for


standard specifications.

01

Body
size

X214

Option
Port size

Model
Control method

ASR

Thread type

Speed Controller with One-touch Fitting


Elbow Type, Metal Body/Series AS
How to Order

AS 2 2 1 1FG

Refer to How to Order in page 15-9-43 for


standard specifications.

01

06

Body
size
Model
Control method
With One-touch fitting

X214

Option
Applicable tubing O.D.
Port size
Stainless steel specifications
(Stainless steel 300)

15-10-5

You might also like